diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'plugins/Pcre16/src/pcre_compile.c')
| -rw-r--r-- | plugins/Pcre16/src/pcre_compile.c | 9484 |
1 files changed, 9484 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/plugins/Pcre16/src/pcre_compile.c b/plugins/Pcre16/src/pcre_compile.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a5b723347 --- /dev/null +++ b/plugins/Pcre16/src/pcre_compile.c @@ -0,0 +1,9484 @@ +/************************************************* +* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * +*************************************************/ + +/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax +and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. + + Written by Philip Hazel + Copyright (c) 1997-2014 University of Cambridge + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its + contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + this software without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" +AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE +LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF +SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS +INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) +ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +*/ + + +/* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with +supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */ + + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +#define NLBLOCK cd /* Block containing newline information */ +#define PSSTART start_pattern /* Field containing processed string start */ +#define PSEND end_pattern /* Field containing processed string end */ + +#include "pcre_internal.h" + + +/* When PCRE_DEBUG is defined, we need the pcre(16|32)_printint() function, which +is also used by pcretest. PCRE_DEBUG is not defined when building a production +library. We do not need to select pcre16_printint.c specially, because the +COMPILE_PCREx macro will already be appropriately set. */ + +#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG +/* pcre_printint.c should not include any headers */ +#define PCRE_INCLUDED +#include "pcre_printint.c" +#undef PCRE_INCLUDED +#endif + + +/* Macro for setting individual bits in class bitmaps. */ + +#define SETBIT(a,b) a[(b)/8] |= (1 << ((b)&7)) + +/* Maximum length value to check against when making sure that the integer that +holds the compiled pattern length does not overflow. We make it a bit less than +INT_MAX to allow for adding in group terminating bytes, so that we don't have +to check them every time. */ + +#define OFLOW_MAX (INT_MAX - 20) + +/* Definitions to allow mutual recursion */ + +static int + add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *, pcre_uchar **, int, compile_data *, + const pcre_uint32 *, unsigned int); + +static BOOL + compile_regex(int, pcre_uchar **, const pcre_uchar **, int *, BOOL, BOOL, int, int, + pcre_uint32 *, pcre_int32 *, pcre_uint32 *, pcre_int32 *, branch_chain *, + compile_data *, int *); + + + +/************************************************* +* Code parameters and static tables * +*************************************************/ + +/* This value specifies the size of stack workspace that is used during the +first pre-compile phase that determines how much memory is required. The regex +is partly compiled into this space, but the compiled parts are discarded as +soon as they can be, so that hopefully there will never be an overrun. The code +does, however, check for an overrun. The largest amount I've seen used is 218, +so this number is very generous. + +The same workspace is used during the second, actual compile phase for +remembering forward references to groups so that they can be filled in at the +end. Each entry in this list occupies LINK_SIZE bytes, so even when LINK_SIZE +is 4 there is plenty of room for most patterns. However, the memory can get +filled up by repetitions of forward references, for example patterns like +/(?1){0,1999}(b)/, and one user did hit the limit. The code has been changed so +that the workspace is expanded using malloc() in this situation. The value +below is therefore a minimum, and we put a maximum on it for safety. The +minimum is now also defined in terms of LINK_SIZE so that the use of malloc() +kicks in at the same number of forward references in all cases. */ + +#define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE (2048*LINK_SIZE) +#define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX (100*COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) + +/* This value determines the size of the initial vector that is used for +remembering named groups during the pre-compile. It is allocated on the stack, +but if it is too small, it is expanded using malloc(), in a similar way to the +workspace. The value is the number of slots in the list. */ + +#define NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE 20 + +/* The overrun tests check for a slightly smaller size so that they detect the +overrun before it actually does run off the end of the data block. */ + +#define WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN (100) + +/* Private flags added to firstchar and reqchar. */ + +#define REQ_CASELESS (1 << 0) /* Indicates caselessness */ +#define REQ_VARY (1 << 1) /* Reqchar followed non-literal item */ +/* Negative values for the firstchar and reqchar flags */ +#define REQ_UNSET (-2) +#define REQ_NONE (-1) + +/* Repeated character flags. */ + +#define UTF_LENGTH 0x10000000l /* The char contains its length. */ + +/* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns +are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so +on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape +is invalid. */ + +#ifndef EBCDIC + +/* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems or for EBCDIC systems running +in UTF-8 mode. */ + +static const short int escapes[] = { + 0, 0, + 0, 0, + 0, 0, + 0, 0, + 0, 0, + CHAR_COLON, CHAR_SEMICOLON, + CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, + CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK, + CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT, -ESC_A, + -ESC_B, -ESC_C, + -ESC_D, -ESC_E, + 0, -ESC_G, + -ESC_H, 0, + 0, -ESC_K, + 0, 0, + -ESC_N, 0, + -ESC_P, -ESC_Q, + -ESC_R, -ESC_S, + 0, 0, + -ESC_V, -ESC_W, + -ESC_X, 0, + -ESC_Z, CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET, + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET, + CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT, CHAR_UNDERSCORE, + CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT, 7, + -ESC_b, 0, + -ESC_d, ESC_e, + ESC_f, 0, + -ESC_h, 0, + 0, -ESC_k, + 0, 0, + ESC_n, 0, + -ESC_p, 0, + ESC_r, -ESC_s, + ESC_tee, 0, + -ESC_v, -ESC_w, + 0, 0, + -ESC_z +}; + +#else + +/* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems without UTF-8 support. */ + +static const short int escapes[] = { +/* 48 */ 0, 0, 0, '.', '<', '(', '+', '|', +/* 50 */ '&', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, +/* 58 */ 0, 0, '!', '$', '*', ')', ';', '~', +/* 60 */ '-', '/', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, +/* 68 */ 0, 0, '|', ',', '%', '_', '>', '?', +/* 70 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, +/* 78 */ 0, '`', ':', '#', '@', '\'', '=', '"', +/* 80 */ 0, 7, -ESC_b, 0, -ESC_d, ESC_e, ESC_f, 0, +/* 88 */-ESC_h, 0, 0, '{', 0, 0, 0, 0, +/* 90 */ 0, 0, -ESC_k, 'l', 0, ESC_n, 0, -ESC_p, +/* 98 */ 0, ESC_r, 0, '}', 0, 0, 0, 0, +/* A0 */ 0, '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee, 0,-ESC_v, -ESC_w, 0, +/* A8 */ 0,-ESC_z, 0, 0, 0, '[', 0, 0, +/* B0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, +/* B8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ']', '=', '-', +/* C0 */ '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B, -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E, 0, -ESC_G, +/* C8 */-ESC_H, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, +/* D0 */ '}', 0, -ESC_K, 0, 0,-ESC_N, 0, -ESC_P, +/* D8 */-ESC_Q,-ESC_R, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, +/* E0 */ '\\', 0, -ESC_S, 0, 0,-ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X, +/* E8 */ 0,-ESC_Z, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, +/* F0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, +/* F8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 +}; +#endif + + +/* Table of special "verbs" like (*PRUNE). This is a short table, so it is +searched linearly. Put all the names into a single string, in order to reduce +the number of relocations when a shared library is dynamically linked. The +string is built from string macros so that it works in UTF-8 mode on EBCDIC +platforms. */ + +typedef struct verbitem { + int len; /* Length of verb name */ + int op; /* Op when no arg, or -1 if arg mandatory */ + int op_arg; /* Op when arg present, or -1 if not allowed */ +} verbitem; + +static const char verbnames[] = + "\0" /* Empty name is a shorthand for MARK */ + STRING_MARK0 + STRING_ACCEPT0 + STRING_COMMIT0 + STRING_F0 + STRING_FAIL0 + STRING_PRUNE0 + STRING_SKIP0 + STRING_THEN; + +static const verbitem verbs[] = { + { 0, -1, OP_MARK }, + { 4, -1, OP_MARK }, + { 6, OP_ACCEPT, -1 }, + { 6, OP_COMMIT, -1 }, + { 1, OP_FAIL, -1 }, + { 4, OP_FAIL, -1 }, + { 5, OP_PRUNE, OP_PRUNE_ARG }, + { 4, OP_SKIP, OP_SKIP_ARG }, + { 4, OP_THEN, OP_THEN_ARG } +}; + +static const int verbcount = sizeof(verbs)/sizeof(verbitem); + + +/* Substitutes for [[:<:]] and [[:>:]], which mean start and end of word in +another regex library. */ + +static const pcre_uchar sub_start_of_word[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_b, CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK, + CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_w, CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS, '\0' }; + +static const pcre_uchar sub_end_of_word[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_b, CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK, + CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_w, + CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS, '\0' }; + + +/* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The names are +now all in a single string, to reduce the number of relocations when a shared +library is dynamically loaded. The list of lengths is terminated by a zero +length entry. The first three must be alpha, lower, upper, as this is assumed +for handling case independence. The indices for graph, print, and punct are +needed, so identify them. */ + +static const char posix_names[] = + STRING_alpha0 STRING_lower0 STRING_upper0 STRING_alnum0 + STRING_ascii0 STRING_blank0 STRING_cntrl0 STRING_digit0 + STRING_graph0 STRING_print0 STRING_punct0 STRING_space0 + STRING_word0 STRING_xdigit; + +static const pcre_uint8 posix_name_lengths[] = { + 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 }; + +#define PC_GRAPH 8 +#define PC_PRINT 9 +#define PC_PUNCT 10 + + +/* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class. Each class is formed from a +base map, with an optional addition or removal of another map. Then, for some +classes, there is some additional tweaking: for [:blank:] the vertical space +characters are removed, and for [:alpha:] and [:alnum:] the underscore +character is removed. The triples in the table consist of the base map offset, +second map offset or -1 if no second map, and a non-negative value for map +addition or a negative value for map subtraction (if there are two maps). The +absolute value of the third field has these meanings: 0 => no tweaking, 1 => +remove vertical space characters, 2 => remove underscore. */ + +static const int posix_class_maps[] = { + cbit_word, cbit_digit, -2, /* alpha */ + cbit_lower, -1, 0, /* lower */ + cbit_upper, -1, 0, /* upper */ + cbit_word, -1, 2, /* alnum - word without underscore */ + cbit_print, cbit_cntrl, 0, /* ascii */ + cbit_space, -1, 1, /* blank - a GNU extension */ + cbit_cntrl, -1, 0, /* cntrl */ + cbit_digit, -1, 0, /* digit */ + cbit_graph, -1, 0, /* graph */ + cbit_print, -1, 0, /* print */ + cbit_punct, -1, 0, /* punct */ + cbit_space, -1, 0, /* space */ + cbit_word, -1, 0, /* word - a Perl extension */ + cbit_xdigit,-1, 0 /* xdigit */ +}; + +/* Table of substitutes for \d etc when PCRE_UCP is set. They are replaced by +Unicode property escapes. */ + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP +static const pcre_uchar string_PNd[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, + CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; +static const pcre_uchar string_pNd[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, + CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; +static const pcre_uchar string_PXsp[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, + CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; +static const pcre_uchar string_pXsp[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, + CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; +static const pcre_uchar string_PXwd[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, + CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; +static const pcre_uchar string_pXwd[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, + CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; + +static const pcre_uchar *substitutes[] = { + string_PNd, /* \D */ + string_pNd, /* \d */ + string_PXsp, /* \S */ /* Xsp is Perl space, but from 8.34, Perl */ + string_pXsp, /* \s */ /* space and POSIX space are the same. */ + string_PXwd, /* \W */ + string_pXwd /* \w */ +}; + +/* The POSIX class substitutes must be in the order of the POSIX class names, +defined above, and there are both positive and negative cases. NULL means no +general substitute of a Unicode property escape (\p or \P). However, for some +POSIX classes (e.g. graph, print, punct) a special property code is compiled +directly. */ + +static const pcre_uchar string_pL[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, + CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; +static const pcre_uchar string_pLl[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, + CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; +static const pcre_uchar string_pLu[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, + CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; +static const pcre_uchar string_pXan[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, + CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; +static const pcre_uchar string_h[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_h, '\0' }; +static const pcre_uchar string_pXps[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, + CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; +static const pcre_uchar string_PL[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, + CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; +static const pcre_uchar string_PLl[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, + CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; +static const pcre_uchar string_PLu[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, + CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; +static const pcre_uchar string_PXan[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, + CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; +static const pcre_uchar string_H[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_H, '\0' }; +static const pcre_uchar string_PXps[] = { + CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, + CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; + +static const pcre_uchar *posix_substitutes[] = { + string_pL, /* alpha */ + string_pLl, /* lower */ + string_pLu, /* upper */ + string_pXan, /* alnum */ + NULL, /* ascii */ + string_h, /* blank */ + NULL, /* cntrl */ + string_pNd, /* digit */ + NULL, /* graph */ + NULL, /* print */ + NULL, /* punct */ + string_pXps, /* space */ /* Xps is POSIX space, but from 8.34 */ + string_pXwd, /* word */ /* Perl and POSIX space are the same */ + NULL, /* xdigit */ + /* Negated cases */ + string_PL, /* ^alpha */ + string_PLl, /* ^lower */ + string_PLu, /* ^upper */ + string_PXan, /* ^alnum */ + NULL, /* ^ascii */ + string_H, /* ^blank */ + NULL, /* ^cntrl */ + string_PNd, /* ^digit */ + NULL, /* ^graph */ + NULL, /* ^print */ + NULL, /* ^punct */ + string_PXps, /* ^space */ /* Xps is POSIX space, but from 8.34 */ + string_PXwd, /* ^word */ /* Perl and POSIX space are the same */ + NULL /* ^xdigit */ +}; +#define POSIX_SUBSIZE (sizeof(posix_substitutes) / sizeof(pcre_uchar *)) +#endif + +#define STRING(a) # a +#define XSTRING(s) STRING(s) + +/* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they +are passed to the outside world. Do not ever re-use any error number, because +they are documented. Always add a new error instead. Messages marked DEAD below +are no longer used. This used to be a table of strings, but in order to reduce +the number of relocations needed when a shared library is loaded dynamically, +it is now one long string. We cannot use a table of offsets, because the +lengths of inserts such as XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) are not known. Instead, we +simply count through to the one we want - this isn't a performance issue +because these strings are used only when there is a compilation error. + +Each substring ends with \0 to insert a null character. This includes the final +substring, so that the whole string ends with \0\0, which can be detected when +counting through. */ + +static const char error_texts[] = + "no error\0" + "\\ at end of pattern\0" + "\\c at end of pattern\0" + "unrecognized character follows \\\0" + "numbers out of order in {} quantifier\0" + /* 5 */ + "number too big in {} quantifier\0" + "missing terminating ] for character class\0" + "invalid escape sequence in character class\0" + "range out of order in character class\0" + "nothing to repeat\0" + /* 10 */ + "operand of unlimited repeat could match the empty string\0" /** DEAD **/ + "internal error: unexpected repeat\0" + "unrecognized character after (? or (?-\0" + "POSIX named classes are supported only within a class\0" + "missing )\0" + /* 15 */ + "reference to non-existent subpattern\0" + "erroffset passed as NULL\0" + "unknown option bit(s) set\0" + "missing ) after comment\0" + "parentheses nested too deeply\0" /** DEAD **/ + /* 20 */ + "regular expression is too large\0" + "failed to get memory\0" + "unmatched parentheses\0" + "internal error: code overflow\0" + "unrecognized character after (?<\0" + /* 25 */ + "lookbehind assertion is not fixed length\0" + "malformed number or name after (?(\0" + "conditional group contains more than two branches\0" + "assertion expected after (?(\0" + "(?R or (?[+-]digits must be followed by )\0" + /* 30 */ + "unknown POSIX class name\0" + "POSIX collating elements are not supported\0" + "this version of PCRE is compiled without UTF support\0" + "spare error\0" /** DEAD **/ + "character value in \\x{} or \\o{} is too large\0" + /* 35 */ + "invalid condition (?(0)\0" + "\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion\0" + "PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N{name}, \\U, or \\u\0" + "number after (?C is > 255\0" + "closing ) for (?C expected\0" + /* 40 */ + "recursive call could loop indefinitely\0" + "unrecognized character after (?P\0" + "syntax error in subpattern name (missing terminator)\0" + "two named subpatterns have the same name\0" + "invalid UTF-8 string\0" + /* 45 */ + "support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled\0" + "malformed \\P or \\p sequence\0" + "unknown property name after \\P or \\p\0" + "subpattern name is too long (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) " characters)\0" + "too many named subpatterns (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_COUNT) ")\0" + /* 50 */ + "repeated subpattern is too long\0" /** DEAD **/ + "octal value is greater than \\377 in 8-bit non-UTF-8 mode\0" + "internal error: overran compiling workspace\0" + "internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found\0" + "DEFINE group contains more than one branch\0" + /* 55 */ + "repeating a DEFINE group is not allowed\0" /** DEAD **/ + "inconsistent NEWLINE options\0" + "\\g is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name/number or by a plain number\0" + "a numbered reference must not be zero\0" + "an argument is not allowed for (*ACCEPT), (*FAIL), or (*COMMIT)\0" + /* 60 */ + "(*VERB) not recognized or malformed\0" + "number is too big\0" + "subpattern name expected\0" + "digit expected after (?+\0" + "] is an invalid data character in JavaScript compatibility mode\0" + /* 65 */ + "different names for subpatterns of the same number are not allowed\0" + "(*MARK) must have an argument\0" + "this version of PCRE is not compiled with Unicode property support\0" + "\\c must be followed by an ASCII character\0" + "\\k is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name\0" + /* 70 */ + "internal error: unknown opcode in find_fixedlength()\0" + "\\N is not supported in a class\0" + "too many forward references\0" + "disallowed Unicode code point (>= 0xd800 && <= 0xdfff)\0" + "invalid UTF-16 string\0" + /* 75 */ + "name is too long in (*MARK), (*PRUNE), (*SKIP), or (*THEN)\0" + "character value in \\u.... sequence is too large\0" + "invalid UTF-32 string\0" + "setting UTF is disabled by the application\0" + "non-hex character in \\x{} (closing brace missing?)\0" + /* 80 */ + "non-octal character in \\o{} (closing brace missing?)\0" + "missing opening brace after \\o\0" + "parentheses are too deeply nested\0" + "invalid range in character class\0" + "group name must start with a non-digit\0" + /* 85 */ + "parentheses are too deeply nested (stack check)\0" + ; + +/* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling +patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and +may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects +to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have +a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing +character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some +applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match +efficiently. + +For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables: + + 0x04 decimal digit + 0x08 hexadecimal digit + +Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */ + +/* Using a simple comparison for decimal numbers rather than a memory read +is much faster, and the resulting code is simpler (the compiler turns it +into a subtraction and unsigned comparison). */ + +#define IS_DIGIT(x) ((x) >= CHAR_0 && (x) <= CHAR_9) + +#ifndef EBCDIC + +/* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems, and EBCDIC systems running in +UTF-8 mode. */ + +static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] = + { + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - ' */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ( - / */ + 0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 */ + 0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8 - ? */ + 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* @ - G */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H - O */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* P - W */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* X - _ */ + 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* ` - g */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h - o */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* p - w */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* x -127 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */ + +#else + +/* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems not running in UTF-8 mode. */ + +static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] = + { + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 0 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 10 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 20 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 30 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 40 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 72- | */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 50 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 60 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ? */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */ + 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g 80 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p 90 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x A0 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 B0 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ + 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* { - G C0 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* } - P D0 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* \ - X E0 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */ + 0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 F0 */ + 0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */ + +static const pcre_uint8 ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */ + 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */ + 0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /* 72- | */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ? */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */ + 0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g */ + 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */ + 0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p */ + 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x */ + 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */ + 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ + 0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* { - G */ + 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */ + 0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* } - P */ + 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */ + 0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* \ - X */ + 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */ + 0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /* 0 - 7 */ + 0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */ +#endif + + +/* This table is used to check whether auto-possessification is possible +between adjacent character-type opcodes. The left-hand (repeated) opcode is +used to select the row, and the right-hand opcode is use to select the column. +A value of 1 means that auto-possessification is OK. For example, the second +value in the first row means that \D+\d can be turned into \D++\d. + +The Unicode property types (\P and \p) have to be present to fill out the table +because of what their opcode values are, but the table values should always be +zero because property types are handled separately in the code. The last four +columns apply to items that cannot be repeated, so there is no need to have +rows for them. Note that OP_DIGIT etc. are generated only when PCRE_UCP is +*not* set. When it is set, \d etc. are converted into OP_(NOT_)PROP codes. */ + +#define APTROWS (LAST_AUTOTAB_LEFT_OP - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP + 1) +#define APTCOLS (LAST_AUTOTAB_RIGHT_OP - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP + 1) + +static const pcre_uint8 autoposstab[APTROWS][APTCOLS] = { +/* \D \d \S \s \W \w . .+ \C \P \p \R \H \h \V \v \X \Z \z $ $M */ + { 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \D */ + { 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* \d */ + { 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* \S */ + { 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \s */ + { 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \W */ + { 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* \w */ + { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* . */ + { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* .+ */ + { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \C */ + { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* \P */ + { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* \p */ + { 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \R */ + { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \H */ + { 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \h */ + { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \V */ + { 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \v */ + { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 } /* \X */ +}; + + +/* This table is used to check whether auto-possessification is possible +between adjacent Unicode property opcodes (OP_PROP and OP_NOTPROP). The +left-hand (repeated) opcode is used to select the row, and the right-hand +opcode is used to select the column. The values are as follows: + + 0 Always return FALSE (never auto-possessify) + 1 Character groups are distinct (possessify if both are OP_PROP) + 2 Check character categories in the same group (general or particular) + 3 TRUE if the two opcodes are not the same (PROP vs NOTPROP) + + 4 Check left general category vs right particular category + 5 Check right general category vs left particular category + + 6 Left alphanum vs right general category + 7 Left space vs right general category + 8 Left word vs right general category + + 9 Right alphanum vs left general category + 10 Right space vs left general category + 11 Right word vs left general category + + 12 Left alphanum vs right particular category + 13 Left space vs right particular category + 14 Left word vs right particular category + + 15 Right alphanum vs left particular category + 16 Right space vs left particular category + 17 Right word vs left particular category +*/ + +static const pcre_uint8 propposstab[PT_TABSIZE][PT_TABSIZE] = { +/* ANY LAMP GC PC SC ALNUM SPACE PXSPACE WORD CLIST UCNC */ + { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_ANY */ + { 0, 3, 0, 0, 0, 3, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_LAMP */ + { 0, 0, 2, 4, 0, 9, 10, 10, 11, 0, 0 }, /* PT_GC */ + { 0, 0, 5, 2, 0, 15, 16, 16, 17, 0, 0 }, /* PT_PC */ + { 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_SC */ + { 0, 3, 6, 12, 0, 3, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_ALNUM */ + { 0, 1, 7, 13, 0, 1, 3, 3, 1, 0, 0 }, /* PT_SPACE */ + { 0, 1, 7, 13, 0, 1, 3, 3, 1, 0, 0 }, /* PT_PXSPACE */ + { 0, 0, 8, 14, 0, 0, 1, 1, 3, 0, 0 }, /* PT_WORD */ + { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_CLIST */ + { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3 } /* PT_UCNC */ +}; + +/* This table is used to check whether auto-possessification is possible +between adjacent Unicode property opcodes (OP_PROP and OP_NOTPROP) when one +specifies a general category and the other specifies a particular category. The +row is selected by the general category and the column by the particular +category. The value is 1 if the particular category is not part of the general +category. */ + +static const pcre_uint8 catposstab[7][30] = { +/* Cc Cf Cn Co Cs Ll Lm Lo Lt Lu Mc Me Mn Nd Nl No Pc Pd Pe Pf Pi Po Ps Sc Sk Sm So Zl Zp Zs */ + { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* C */ + { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* L */ + { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* M */ + { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* N */ + { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* P */ + { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1 }, /* S */ + { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 } /* Z */ +}; + +/* This table is used when checking ALNUM, (PX)SPACE, SPACE, and WORD against +a general or particular category. The properties in each row are those +that apply to the character set in question. Duplication means that a little +unnecessary work is done when checking, but this keeps things much simpler +because they can all use the same code. For more details see the comment where +this table is used. + +Note: SPACE and PXSPACE used to be different because Perl excluded VT from +"space", but from Perl 5.18 it's included, so both categories are treated the +same here. */ + +static const pcre_uint8 posspropstab[3][4] = { + { ucp_L, ucp_N, ucp_N, ucp_Nl }, /* ALNUM, 3rd and 4th values redundant */ + { ucp_Z, ucp_Z, ucp_C, ucp_Cc }, /* SPACE and PXSPACE, 2nd value redundant */ + { ucp_L, ucp_N, ucp_P, ucp_Po } /* WORD */ +}; + +/* This table is used when converting repeating opcodes into possessified +versions as a result of an explicit possessive quantifier such as ++. A zero +value means there is no possessified version - in those cases the item in +question must be wrapped in ONCE brackets. The table is truncated at OP_CALLOUT +because all relevant opcodes are less than that. */ + +static const pcre_uint8 opcode_possessify[] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0 - 15 */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 16 - 31 */ + + 0, /* NOTI */ + OP_POSSTAR, 0, /* STAR, MINSTAR */ + OP_POSPLUS, 0, /* PLUS, MINPLUS */ + OP_POSQUERY, 0, /* QUERY, MINQUERY */ + OP_POSUPTO, 0, /* UPTO, MINUPTO */ + 0, /* EXACT */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, /* POS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */ + + OP_POSSTARI, 0, /* STARI, MINSTARI */ + OP_POSPLUSI, 0, /* PLUSI, MINPLUSI */ + OP_POSQUERYI, 0, /* QUERYI, MINQUERYI */ + OP_POSUPTOI, 0, /* UPTOI, MINUPTOI */ + 0, /* EXACTI */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, /* POS{STARI,PLUSI,QUERYI,UPTOI} */ + + OP_NOTPOSSTAR, 0, /* NOTSTAR, NOTMINSTAR */ + OP_NOTPOSPLUS, 0, /* NOTPLUS, NOTMINPLUS */ + OP_NOTPOSQUERY, 0, /* NOTQUERY, NOTMINQUERY */ + OP_NOTPOSUPTO, 0, /* NOTUPTO, NOTMINUPTO */ + 0, /* NOTEXACT */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, /* NOTPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */ + + OP_NOTPOSSTARI, 0, /* NOTSTARI, NOTMINSTARI */ + OP_NOTPOSPLUSI, 0, /* NOTPLUSI, NOTMINPLUSI */ + OP_NOTPOSQUERYI, 0, /* NOTQUERYI, NOTMINQUERYI */ + OP_NOTPOSUPTOI, 0, /* NOTUPTOI, NOTMINUPTOI */ + 0, /* NOTEXACTI */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, /* NOTPOS{STARI,PLUSI,QUERYI,UPTOI} */ + + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR, 0, /* TYPESTAR, TYPEMINSTAR */ + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS, 0, /* TYPEPLUS, TYPEMINPLUS */ + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY, 0, /* TYPEQUERY, TYPEMINQUERY */ + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO, 0, /* TYPEUPTO, TYPEMINUPTO */ + 0, /* TYPEEXACT */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, /* TYPEPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */ + + OP_CRPOSSTAR, 0, /* CRSTAR, CRMINSTAR */ + OP_CRPOSPLUS, 0, /* CRPLUS, CRMINPLUS */ + OP_CRPOSQUERY, 0, /* CRQUERY, CRMINQUERY */ + OP_CRPOSRANGE, 0, /* CRRANGE, CRMINRANGE */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CRPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,RANGE} */ + + 0, 0, 0, /* CLASS, NCLASS, XCLASS */ + 0, 0, /* REF, REFI */ + 0, 0, /* DNREF, DNREFI */ + 0, 0 /* RECURSE, CALLOUT */ +}; + + + +/************************************************* +* Find an error text * +*************************************************/ + +/* The error texts are now all in one long string, to save on relocations. As +some of the text is of unknown length, we can't use a table of offsets. +Instead, just count through the strings. This is not a performance issue +because it happens only when there has been a compilation error. + +Argument: the error number +Returns: pointer to the error string +*/ + +static const char * +find_error_text(int n) +{ +const char *s = error_texts; +for (; n > 0; n--) + { + while (*s++ != CHAR_NULL) {}; + if (*s == CHAR_NULL) return "Error text not found (please report)"; + } +return s; +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Expand the workspace * +*************************************************/ + +/* This function is called during the second compiling phase, if the number of +forward references fills the existing workspace, which is originally a block on +the stack. A larger block is obtained from malloc() unless the ultimate limit +has been reached or the increase will be rather small. + +Argument: pointer to the compile data block +Returns: 0 if all went well, else an error number +*/ + +static int +expand_workspace(compile_data *cd) +{ +pcre_uchar *newspace; +int newsize = cd->workspace_size * 2; + +if (newsize > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX) newsize = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX; +if (cd->workspace_size >= COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX || + newsize - cd->workspace_size < WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) + return ERR72; + +newspace = (PUBL(malloc))(IN_UCHARS(newsize)); +if (newspace == NULL) return ERR21; +memcpy(newspace, cd->start_workspace, cd->workspace_size * sizeof(pcre_uchar)); +cd->hwm = (pcre_uchar *)newspace + (cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace); +if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) + (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->start_workspace); +cd->start_workspace = newspace; +cd->workspace_size = newsize; +return 0; +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Check for counted repeat * +*************************************************/ + +/* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might +start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not. +It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd} +where the ddds are digits. + +Arguments: + p pointer to the first char after '{' + +Returns: TRUE or FALSE +*/ + +static BOOL +is_counted_repeat(const pcre_uchar *p) +{ +if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE; +p++; +while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++; +if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE; + +if (*p++ != CHAR_COMMA) return FALSE; +if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE; + +if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE; +p++; +while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++; + +return (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET); +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Handle escapes * +*************************************************/ + +/* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a +positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or 0 for a data character which +will be placed in chptr. A backreference to group n is returned as negative n. +When UTF-8 is enabled, a positive value greater than 255 may be returned in +chptr. On entry, ptr is pointing at the \. On exit, it is on the final +character of the escape sequence. + +Arguments: + ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer + chptr points to a returned data character + errorcodeptr points to the errorcode variable + bracount number of previous extracting brackets + options the options bits + isclass TRUE if inside a character class + +Returns: zero => a data character + positive => a special escape sequence + negative => a back reference + on error, errorcodeptr is set +*/ + +static int +check_escape(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, pcre_uint32 *chptr, int *errorcodeptr, + int bracount, int options, BOOL isclass) +{ +/* PCRE_UTF16 has the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ +BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; +const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr + 1; +pcre_uint32 c; +int escape = 0; +int i; + +GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr); /* Get character value, increment pointer */ +ptr--; /* Set pointer back to the last byte */ + +/* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */ + +if (c == CHAR_NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR1; + +/* Non-alphanumerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup +in a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately. +Otherwise further processing may be required. */ + +#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ +/* Not alphanumeric */ +else if (c < CHAR_0 || c > CHAR_z) {} +else if ((i = escapes[c - CHAR_0]) != 0) + { if (i > 0) c = (pcre_uint32)i; else escape = -i; } + +#else /* EBCDIC coding */ +/* Not alphanumeric */ +else if (c < CHAR_a || (!MAX_255(c) || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0)) {} +else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0) { if (i > 0) c = (pcre_uint32)i; else escape = -i; } +#endif + +/* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */ + +else + { + const pcre_uchar *oldptr; + BOOL braced, negated, overflow; + int s; + + switch (c) + { + /* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit + error. */ + + case CHAR_l: + case CHAR_L: + *errorcodeptr = ERR37; + break; + + case CHAR_u: + if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) + { + /* In JavaScript, \u must be followed by four hexadecimal numbers. + Otherwise it is a lowercase u letter. */ + if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 + && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 + && MAX_255(ptr[3]) && (digitab[ptr[3]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 + && MAX_255(ptr[4]) && (digitab[ptr[4]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) + { + c = 0; + for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i) + { + register pcre_uint32 cc = *(++ptr); +#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ + if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ + c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); +#else /* EBCDIC coding */ + if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ + c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); +#endif + } + +#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 + if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 + if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) +#endif + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR76; + } + else if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73; + } + } + else + *errorcodeptr = ERR37; + break; + + case CHAR_U: + /* In JavaScript, \U is an uppercase U letter. */ + if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR37; + break; + + /* In a character class, \g is just a literal "g". Outside a character + class, \g must be followed by one of a number of specific things: + + (1) A number, either plain or braced. If positive, it is an absolute + backreference. If negative, it is a relative backreference. This is a Perl + 5.10 feature. + + (2) Perl 5.10 also supports \g{name} as a reference to a named group. This + is part of Perl's movement towards a unified syntax for back references. As + this is synonymous with \k{name}, we fudge it up by pretending it really + was \k. + + (3) For Oniguruma compatibility we also support \g followed by a name or a + number either in angle brackets or in single quotes. However, these are + (possibly recursive) subroutine calls, _not_ backreferences. Just return + the ESC_g code (cf \k). */ + + case CHAR_g: + if (isclass) break; + if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN || ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE) + { + escape = ESC_g; + break; + } + + /* Handle the Perl-compatible cases */ + + if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) + { + const pcre_uchar *p; + for (p = ptr+2; *p != CHAR_NULL && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; p++) + if (*p != CHAR_MINUS && !IS_DIGIT(*p)) break; + if (*p != CHAR_NULL && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) + { + escape = ESC_k; + break; + } + braced = TRUE; + ptr++; + } + else braced = FALSE; + + if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS) + { + negated = TRUE; + ptr++; + } + else negated = FALSE; + + /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */ + s = 0; + overflow = FALSE; + while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) + { + if (s > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */ + { + overflow = TRUE; + break; + } + s = s * 10 + (int)(*(++ptr) - CHAR_0); + } + if (overflow) /* Integer overflow */ + { + while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) + ptr++; + *errorcodeptr = ERR61; + break; + } + + if (braced && *(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR57; + break; + } + + if (s == 0) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR58; + break; + } + + if (negated) + { + if (s > bracount) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR15; + break; + } + s = bracount - (s - 1); + } + + escape = -s; + break; + + /* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits + starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. Perl has changed + over the years. Nowadays \g{} for backreferences and \o{} for octal are + recommended to avoid the ambiguities in the old syntax. + + Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the + number is less than 8 (used to be 10), or if there are that many previous + extracting left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to + three octal digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to + be octal 123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If + the octal value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are + taken. \8 and \9 are treated as the literal characters 8 and 9. + + Inside a character class, \ followed by a digit is always either a literal + 8 or 9 or an octal number. */ + + case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: case CHAR_5: + case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9: + + if (!isclass) + { + oldptr = ptr; + /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */ + s = (int)(c -CHAR_0); + overflow = FALSE; + while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) + { + if (s > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */ + { + overflow = TRUE; + break; + } + s = s * 10 + (int)(*(++ptr) - CHAR_0); + } + if (overflow) /* Integer overflow */ + { + while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) + ptr++; + *errorcodeptr = ERR61; + break; + } + if (s < 8 || s <= bracount) /* Check for back reference */ + { + escape = -s; + break; + } + ptr = oldptr; /* Put the pointer back and fall through */ + } + + /* Handle a digit following \ when the number is not a back reference. If + the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl used to generate a binary zero byte and + then treat the digit as a following literal. At least by Perl 5.18 this + changed so as not to insert the binary zero. */ + + if ((c = *ptr) >= CHAR_8) break; + + /* Fall through with a digit less than 8 */ + + /* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a + larger first octal digit. The original code used just to take the least + significant 8 bits of octal numbers (I think this is what early Perls used + to do). Nowadays we allow for larger numbers in UTF-8 mode and 16-bit mode, + but no more than 3 octal digits. */ + + case CHAR_0: + c -= CHAR_0; + while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= CHAR_0 && ptr[1] <= CHAR_7) + c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0; +#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 + if (!utf && c > 0xff) *errorcodeptr = ERR51; +#endif + break; + + /* \o is a relatively new Perl feature, supporting a more general way of + specifying character codes in octal. The only supported form is \o{ddd}. */ + + case CHAR_o: + if (ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) *errorcodeptr = ERR81; else + { + ptr += 2; + c = 0; + overflow = FALSE; + while (*ptr >= CHAR_0 && *ptr <= CHAR_7) + { + register pcre_uint32 cc = *ptr++; + if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue; /* Leading zeroes */ +#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 + if (c >= 0x20000000l) { overflow = TRUE; break; } +#endif + c = (c << 3) + cc - CHAR_0 ; +#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; } +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 + if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; } +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 + if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) { overflow = TRUE; break; } +#endif + } + if (overflow) + { + while (*ptr >= CHAR_0 && *ptr <= CHAR_7) ptr++; + *errorcodeptr = ERR34; + } + else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) + { + if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73; + } + else *errorcodeptr = ERR80; + } + break; + + /* \x is complicated. In JavaScript, \x must be followed by two hexadecimal + numbers. Otherwise it is a lowercase x letter. */ + + case CHAR_x: + if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) + { + if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 + && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) + { + c = 0; + for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) + { + register pcre_uint32 cc = *(++ptr); +#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ + if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ + c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); +#else /* EBCDIC coding */ + if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ + c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); +#endif + } + } + } /* End JavaScript handling */ + + /* Handle \x in Perl's style. \x{ddd} is a character number which can be + greater than 0xff in utf or non-8bit mode, but only if the ddd are hex + digits. If not, { used to be treated as a data character. However, Perl + seems to read hex digits up to the first non-such, and ignore the rest, so + that, for example \x{zz} matches a binary zero. This seems crazy, so PCRE + now gives an error. */ + + else + { + if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) + { + ptr += 2; + c = 0; + overflow = FALSE; + while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (digitab[*ptr] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) + { + register pcre_uint32 cc = *ptr++; + if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue; /* Leading zeroes */ + +#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 + if (c >= 0x10000000l) { overflow = TRUE; break; } +#endif + +#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ + if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ + c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); +#else /* EBCDIC coding */ + if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ + c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); +#endif + +#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; } +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 + if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; } +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 + if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) { overflow = TRUE; break; } +#endif + } + + if (overflow) + { + while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (digitab[*ptr] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) ptr++; + *errorcodeptr = ERR34; + } + + else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) + { + if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73; + } + + /* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', give an error. + We used just to recognize this construct and fall through to the normal + \x handling, but nowadays Perl gives an error, which seems much more + sensible, so we do too. */ + + else *errorcodeptr = ERR79; + } /* End of \x{} processing */ + + /* Read a single-byte hex-defined char (up to two hex digits after \x) */ + + else + { + c = 0; + while (i++ < 2 && MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) + { + pcre_uint32 cc; /* Some compilers don't like */ + cc = *(++ptr); /* ++ in initializers */ +#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ + if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ + c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); +#else /* EBCDIC coding */ + if (cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ + c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); +#endif + } + } /* End of \xdd handling */ + } /* End of Perl-style \x handling */ + break; + + /* For \c, a following letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped. + An error is given if the byte following \c is not an ASCII character. This + coding is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is + ASCII-specific. (However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */ + + case CHAR_c: + c = *(++ptr); + if (c == CHAR_NULL) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR2; + break; + } +#ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ + if (c > 127) /* Excludes all non-ASCII in either mode */ + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR68; + break; + } + if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c -= 32; + c ^= 0x40; +#else /* EBCDIC coding */ + if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c += 64; + c ^= 0xC0; +#endif + break; + + /* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any + other alphanumeric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set; + otherwise, for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit + odd, but there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may + be again in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */ + + default: + if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c) + { + default: + *errorcodeptr = ERR3; + break; + } + break; + } + } + +/* Perl supports \N{name} for character names, as well as plain \N for "not +newline". PCRE does not support \N{name}. However, it does support +quantification such as \N{2,3}. */ + +if (escape == ESC_N && ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && + !is_counted_repeat(ptr+2)) + *errorcodeptr = ERR37; + +/* If PCRE_UCP is set, we change the values for \d etc. */ + +if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0 && escape >= ESC_D && escape <= ESC_w) + escape += (ESC_DU - ESC_D); + +/* Set the pointer to the final character before returning. */ + +*ptrptr = ptr; +*chptr = c; +return escape; +} + + + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP +/************************************************* +* Handle \P and \p * +*************************************************/ + +/* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that +PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is +pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the +escape sequence. + +Argument: + ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer + negptr points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE + ptypeptr points to an unsigned int that is set to the type value + pdataptr points to an unsigned int that is set to the detailed property value + errorcodeptr points to the error code variable + +Returns: TRUE if the type value was found, or FALSE for an invalid type +*/ + +static BOOL +get_ucp(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, unsigned int *ptypeptr, + unsigned int *pdataptr, int *errorcodeptr) +{ +pcre_uchar c; +int i, bot, top; +const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr; +pcre_uchar name[32]; + +c = *(++ptr); +if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN; + +*negptr = FALSE; + +/* \P or \p can be followed by a name in {}, optionally preceded by ^ for +negation. */ + +if (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) + { + if (ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) + { + *negptr = TRUE; + ptr++; + } + for (i = 0; i < (int)(sizeof(name) / sizeof(pcre_uchar)) - 1; i++) + { + c = *(++ptr); + if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN; + if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) break; + name[i] = c; + } + if (c != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) goto ERROR_RETURN; + name[i] = 0; + } + +/* Otherwise there is just one following character */ + +else + { + name[0] = c; + name[1] = 0; + } + +*ptrptr = ptr; + +/* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */ + +bot = 0; +top = PRIV(utt_size); + +while (bot < top) + { + int r; + i = (bot + top) >> 1; + r = STRCMP_UC_C8(name, PRIV(utt_names) + PRIV(utt)[i].name_offset); + if (r == 0) + { + *ptypeptr = PRIV(utt)[i].type; + *pdataptr = PRIV(utt)[i].value; + return TRUE; + } + if (r > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i; + } + +*errorcodeptr = ERR47; +*ptrptr = ptr; +return FALSE; + +ERROR_RETURN: +*errorcodeptr = ERR46; +*ptrptr = ptr; +return FALSE; +} +#endif + + + +/************************************************* +* Read repeat counts * +*************************************************/ + +/* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only +after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists, +so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values. + +Arguments: + p pointer to first char after '{' + minp pointer to int for min + maxp pointer to int for max + returned as -1 if no max + errorcodeptr points to error code variable + +Returns: pointer to '}' on success; + current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero +*/ + +static const pcre_uchar * +read_repeat_counts(const pcre_uchar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr) +{ +int min = 0; +int max = -1; + +/* Read the minimum value and do a paranoid check: a negative value indicates +an integer overflow. */ + +while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) min = min * 10 + (int)(*p++ - CHAR_0); +if (min < 0 || min > 65535) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR5; + return p; + } + +/* Read the maximum value if there is one, and again do a paranoid on its size. +Also, max must not be less than min. */ + +if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) max = min; else + { + if (*(++p) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) + { + max = 0; + while(IS_DIGIT(*p)) max = max * 10 + (int)(*p++ - CHAR_0); + if (max < 0 || max > 65535) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR5; + return p; + } + if (max < min) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR4; + return p; + } + } + } + +/* Fill in the required variables, and pass back the pointer to the terminating +'}'. */ + +*minp = min; +*maxp = max; +return p; +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Find first significant op code * +*************************************************/ + +/* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking +for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things +that do not influence this. For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative +forward and all backward assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it +does not. + +Arguments: + code pointer to the start of the group + skipassert TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped + +Returns: pointer to the first significant opcode +*/ + +static const pcre_uchar* +first_significant_code(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL skipassert) +{ +for (;;) + { + switch ((int)*code) + { + case OP_ASSERT_NOT: + case OP_ASSERTBACK: + case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: + if (!skipassert) return code; + do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); + code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code]; + break; + + case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: + case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: + if (!skipassert) return code; + /* Fall through */ + + case OP_CALLOUT: + case OP_CREF: + case OP_DNCREF: + case OP_RREF: + case OP_DNRREF: + case OP_DEF: + code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code]; + break; + + default: + return code; + } + } +/* Control never reaches here */ +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Find the fixed length of a branch * +*************************************************/ + +/* Scan a branch and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it, +if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions. +In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes. The branch is +temporarily terminated with OP_END when this function is called. + +This function is called when a backward assertion is encountered, so that if it +fails, the error message can point to the correct place in the pattern. +However, we cannot do this when the assertion contains subroutine calls, +because they can be forward references. We solve this by remembering this case +and doing the check at the end; a flag specifies which mode we are running in. + +Arguments: + code points to the start of the pattern (the bracket) + utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode + atend TRUE if called when the pattern is complete + cd the "compile data" structure + +Returns: the fixed length, + or -1 if there is no fixed length, + or -2 if \C was encountered (in UTF-8 mode only) + or -3 if an OP_RECURSE item was encountered and atend is FALSE + or -4 if an unknown opcode was encountered (internal error) +*/ + +static int +find_fixedlength(pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, BOOL atend, compile_data *cd) +{ +int length = -1; + +register int branchlength = 0; +register pcre_uchar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE; + +/* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the +branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */ + +for (;;) + { + int d; + pcre_uchar *ce, *cs; + register pcre_uchar op = *cc; + + switch (op) + { + /* We only need to continue for OP_CBRA (normal capturing bracket) and + OP_BRA (normal non-capturing bracket) because the other variants of these + opcodes are all concerned with unlimited repeated groups, which of course + are not of fixed length. */ + + case OP_CBRA: + case OP_BRA: + case OP_ONCE: + case OP_ONCE_NC: + case OP_COND: + d = find_fixedlength(cc + ((op == OP_CBRA)? IMM2_SIZE : 0), utf, atend, cd); + if (d < 0) return d; + branchlength += d; + do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT); + cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + break; + + /* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested call. + If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. An ACCEPT is effectively + an ALT. If it is END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by + the same code. Note that we must not include the OP_KETRxxx opcodes here, + because they all imply an unlimited repeat. */ + + case OP_ALT: + case OP_KET: + case OP_END: + case OP_ACCEPT: + case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT: + if (length < 0) length = branchlength; + else if (length != branchlength) return -1; + if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length; + cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + branchlength = 0; + break; + + /* A true recursion implies not fixed length, but a subroutine call may + be OK. If the subroutine is a forward reference, we can't deal with + it until the end of the pattern, so return -3. */ + + case OP_RECURSE: + if (!atend) return -3; + cs = ce = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_code + GET(cc, 1); /* Start subpattern */ + do ce += GET(ce, 1); while (*ce == OP_ALT); /* End subpattern */ + if (cc > cs && cc < ce) return -1; /* Recursion */ + d = find_fixedlength(cs + IMM2_SIZE, utf, atend, cd); + if (d < 0) return d; + branchlength += d; + cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + break; + + /* Skip over assertive subpatterns */ + + case OP_ASSERT: + case OP_ASSERT_NOT: + case OP_ASSERTBACK: + case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: + do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT); + cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; + break; + + /* Skip over things that don't match chars */ + + case OP_MARK: + case OP_PRUNE_ARG: + case OP_SKIP_ARG: + case OP_THEN_ARG: + cc += cc[1] + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; + break; + + case OP_CALLOUT: + case OP_CIRC: + case OP_CIRCM: + case OP_CLOSE: + case OP_COMMIT: + case OP_CREF: + case OP_DEF: + case OP_DNCREF: + case OP_DNRREF: + case OP_DOLL: + case OP_DOLLM: + case OP_EOD: + case OP_EODN: + case OP_FAIL: + case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: + case OP_PRUNE: + case OP_REVERSE: + case OP_RREF: + case OP_SET_SOM: + case OP_SKIP: + case OP_SOD: + case OP_SOM: + case OP_THEN: + case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: + cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; + break; + + /* Handle literal characters */ + + case OP_CHAR: + case OP_CHARI: + case OP_NOT: + case OP_NOTI: + branchlength++; + cc += 2; +#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF + if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); +#endif + break; + + /* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we + need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode. */ + + case OP_EXACT: + case OP_EXACTI: + case OP_NOTEXACT: + case OP_NOTEXACTI: + branchlength += (int)GET2(cc,1); + cc += 2 + IMM2_SIZE; +#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF + if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); +#endif + break; + + case OP_TYPEEXACT: + branchlength += GET2(cc,1); + if (cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) + cc += 2; + cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1; + break; + + /* Handle single-char matchers */ + + case OP_PROP: + case OP_NOTPROP: + cc += 2; + /* Fall through */ + + case OP_HSPACE: + case OP_VSPACE: + case OP_NOT_HSPACE: + case OP_NOT_VSPACE: + case OP_NOT_DIGIT: + case OP_DIGIT: + case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: + case OP_WHITESPACE: + case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: + case OP_WORDCHAR: + case OP_ANY: + case OP_ALLANY: + branchlength++; + cc++; + break; + + /* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed. This only happens in UTF-8 mode; + otherwise \C is coded as OP_ALLANY. */ + + case OP_ANYBYTE: + return -2; + + /* Check a class for variable quantification */ + + case OP_CLASS: + case OP_NCLASS: +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 + case OP_XCLASS: + /* The original code caused an unsigned overflow in 64 bit systems, + so now we use a conditional statement. */ + if (op == OP_XCLASS) + cc += GET(cc, 1); + else + cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; +#else + cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; +#endif + + switch (*cc) + { + case OP_CRSTAR: + case OP_CRMINSTAR: + case OP_CRPLUS: + case OP_CRMINPLUS: + case OP_CRQUERY: + case OP_CRMINQUERY: + case OP_CRPOSSTAR: + case OP_CRPOSPLUS: + case OP_CRPOSQUERY: + return -1; + + case OP_CRRANGE: + case OP_CRMINRANGE: + case OP_CRPOSRANGE: + if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,1+IMM2_SIZE)) return -1; + branchlength += (int)GET2(cc,1); + cc += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; + break; + + default: + branchlength++; + } + break; + + /* Anything else is variable length */ + + case OP_ANYNL: + case OP_BRAMINZERO: + case OP_BRAPOS: + case OP_BRAPOSZERO: + case OP_BRAZERO: + case OP_CBRAPOS: + case OP_EXTUNI: + case OP_KETRMAX: + case OP_KETRMIN: + case OP_KETRPOS: + case OP_MINPLUS: + case OP_MINPLUSI: + case OP_MINQUERY: + case OP_MINQUERYI: + case OP_MINSTAR: + case OP_MINSTARI: + case OP_MINUPTO: + case OP_MINUPTOI: + case OP_NOTMINPLUS: + case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: + case OP_NOTMINQUERY: + case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: + case OP_NOTMINSTAR: + case OP_NOTMINSTARI: + case OP_NOTMINUPTO: + case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: + case OP_NOTPLUS: + case OP_NOTPLUSI: + case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: + case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: + case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: + case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: + case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: + case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: + case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: + case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: + case OP_NOTQUERY: + case OP_NOTQUERYI: + case OP_NOTSTAR: + case OP_NOTSTARI: + case OP_NOTUPTO: + case OP_NOTUPTOI: + case OP_PLUS: + case OP_PLUSI: + case OP_POSPLUS: + case OP_POSPLUSI: + case OP_POSQUERY: + case OP_POSQUERYI: + case OP_POSSTAR: + case OP_POSSTARI: + case OP_POSUPTO: + case OP_POSUPTOI: + case OP_QUERY: + case OP_QUERYI: + case OP_REF: + case OP_REFI: + case OP_DNREF: + case OP_DNREFI: + case OP_SBRA: + case OP_SBRAPOS: + case OP_SCBRA: + case OP_SCBRAPOS: + case OP_SCOND: + case OP_SKIPZERO: + case OP_STAR: + case OP_STARI: + case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: + case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: + case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: + case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: + case OP_TYPEPLUS: + case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: + case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: + case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: + case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: + case OP_TYPEQUERY: + case OP_TYPESTAR: + case OP_TYPEUPTO: + case OP_UPTO: + case OP_UPTOI: + return -1; + + /* Catch unrecognized opcodes so that when new ones are added they + are not forgotten, as has happened in the past. */ + + default: + return -4; + } + } +/* Control never gets here */ +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Scan compiled regex for specific bracket * +*************************************************/ + +/* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a +capturing bracket with the given number, or, if the number is negative, an +instance of OP_REVERSE for a lookbehind. The function is global in the C sense +so that it can be called from pcre_study() when finding the minimum matching +length. + +Arguments: + code points to start of expression + utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode + number the required bracket number or negative to find a lookbehind + +Returns: pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found +*/ + +const pcre_uchar * +PRIV(find_bracket)(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, int number) +{ +for (;;) + { + register pcre_uchar c = *code; + + if (c == OP_END) return NULL; + + /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit + map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in + the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */ + + if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1); + + /* Handle recursion */ + + else if (c == OP_REVERSE) + { + if (number < 0) return (pcre_uchar *)code; + code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; + } + + /* Handle capturing bracket */ + + else if (c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_SCBRA || + c == OP_CBRAPOS || c == OP_SCBRAPOS) + { + int n = (int)GET2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE); + if (n == number) return (pcre_uchar *)code; + code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; + } + + /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for + repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra + two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we + must add in its length. */ + + else + { + switch(c) + { + case OP_TYPESTAR: + case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: + case OP_TYPEPLUS: + case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: + case OP_TYPEQUERY: + case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: + case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: + case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: + case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: + if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; + break; + + case OP_TYPEUPTO: + case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: + case OP_TYPEEXACT: + case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: + if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) + code += 2; + break; + + case OP_MARK: + case OP_PRUNE_ARG: + case OP_SKIP_ARG: + case OP_THEN_ARG: + code += code[1]; + break; + } + + /* Add in the fixed length from the table */ + + code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; + + /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by + a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to + arrange to skip the extra bytes. */ + +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 + if (utf) switch(c) + { + case OP_CHAR: + case OP_CHARI: + case OP_EXACT: + case OP_EXACTI: + case OP_UPTO: + case OP_UPTOI: + case OP_MINUPTO: + case OP_MINUPTOI: + case OP_POSUPTO: + case OP_POSUPTOI: + case OP_STAR: + case OP_STARI: + case OP_MINSTAR: + case OP_MINSTARI: + case OP_POSSTAR: + case OP_POSSTARI: + case OP_PLUS: + case OP_PLUSI: + case OP_MINPLUS: + case OP_MINPLUSI: + case OP_POSPLUS: + case OP_POSPLUSI: + case OP_QUERY: + case OP_QUERYI: + case OP_MINQUERY: + case OP_MINQUERYI: + case OP_POSQUERY: + case OP_POSQUERYI: + if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]); + break; + } +#else + (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */ +#endif + } + } +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Scan compiled regex for recursion reference * +*************************************************/ + +/* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an +instance of OP_RECURSE. + +Arguments: + code points to start of expression + utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode + +Returns: pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found +*/ + +static const pcre_uchar * +find_recurse(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf) +{ +for (;;) + { + register pcre_uchar c = *code; + if (c == OP_END) return NULL; + if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code; + + /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit + map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in + the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */ + + if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1); + + /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for + repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra + two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we + must add in its length. */ + + else + { + switch(c) + { + case OP_TYPESTAR: + case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: + case OP_TYPEPLUS: + case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: + case OP_TYPEQUERY: + case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: + case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: + case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: + case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: + if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; + break; + + case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: + case OP_TYPEUPTO: + case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: + case OP_TYPEEXACT: + if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) + code += 2; + break; + + case OP_MARK: + case OP_PRUNE_ARG: + case OP_SKIP_ARG: + case OP_THEN_ARG: + code += code[1]; + break; + } + + /* Add in the fixed length from the table */ + + code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; + + /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed + by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have + to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */ + +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 + if (utf) switch(c) + { + case OP_CHAR: + case OP_CHARI: + case OP_NOT: + case OP_NOTI: + case OP_EXACT: + case OP_EXACTI: + case OP_NOTEXACT: + case OP_NOTEXACTI: + case OP_UPTO: + case OP_UPTOI: + case OP_NOTUPTO: + case OP_NOTUPTOI: + case OP_MINUPTO: + case OP_MINUPTOI: + case OP_NOTMINUPTO: + case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: + case OP_POSUPTO: + case OP_POSUPTOI: + case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: + case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: + case OP_STAR: + case OP_STARI: + case OP_NOTSTAR: + case OP_NOTSTARI: + case OP_MINSTAR: + case OP_MINSTARI: + case OP_NOTMINSTAR: + case OP_NOTMINSTARI: + case OP_POSSTAR: + case OP_POSSTARI: + case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: + case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: + case OP_PLUS: + case OP_PLUSI: + case OP_NOTPLUS: + case OP_NOTPLUSI: + case OP_MINPLUS: + case OP_MINPLUSI: + case OP_NOTMINPLUS: + case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: + case OP_POSPLUS: + case OP_POSPLUSI: + case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: + case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: + case OP_QUERY: + case OP_QUERYI: + case OP_NOTQUERY: + case OP_NOTQUERYI: + case OP_MINQUERY: + case OP_MINQUERYI: + case OP_NOTMINQUERY: + case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: + case OP_POSQUERY: + case OP_POSQUERYI: + case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: + case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: + if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]); + break; + } +#else + (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */ +#endif + } + } +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness * +*************************************************/ + +/* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it +can match the empty string or not. It is called from could_be_empty() +below and from compile_branch() when checking for an unlimited repeat of a +group that can match nothing. Note that first_significant_code() skips over +backward and negative forward assertions when its final argument is TRUE. If we +hit an unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've struck an inner +bracket whose current branch will already have been scanned. + +Arguments: + code points to start of search + endcode points to where to stop + utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode + cd contains pointers to tables etc. + recurses chain of recurse_check to catch mutual recursion + +Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty +*/ + +typedef struct recurse_check { + struct recurse_check *prev; + const pcre_uchar *group; +} recurse_check; + +static BOOL +could_be_empty_branch(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode, + BOOL utf, compile_data *cd, recurse_check *recurses) +{ +register pcre_uchar c; +recurse_check this_recurse; + +for (code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], TRUE); + code < endcode; + code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[c], TRUE)) + { + const pcre_uchar *ccode; + + c = *code; + + /* Skip over forward assertions; the other assertions are skipped by + first_significant_code() with a TRUE final argument. */ + + if (c == OP_ASSERT) + { + do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); + c = *code; + continue; + } + + /* For a recursion/subroutine call, if its end has been reached, which + implies a backward reference subroutine call, we can scan it. If it's a + forward reference subroutine call, we can't. To detect forward reference + we have to scan up the list that is kept in the workspace. This function is + called only when doing the real compile, not during the pre-compile that + measures the size of the compiled pattern. */ + + if (c == OP_RECURSE) + { + const pcre_uchar *scode = cd->start_code + GET(code, 1); + BOOL empty_branch; + + /* Test for forward reference or uncompleted reference. This is disabled + when called to scan a completed pattern by setting cd->start_workspace to + NULL. */ + + if (cd->start_workspace != NULL) + { + const pcre_uchar *tcode; + for (tcode = cd->start_workspace; tcode < cd->hwm; tcode += LINK_SIZE) + if ((int)GET(tcode, 0) == (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code)) return TRUE; + if (GET(scode, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Unclosed */ + } + + /* If we are scanning a completed pattern, there are no forward references + and all groups are complete. We need to detect whether this is a recursive + call, as otherwise there will be an infinite loop. If it is a recursion, + just skip over it. Simple recursions are easily detected. For mutual + recursions we keep a chain on the stack. */ + + else + { + recurse_check *r = recurses; + const pcre_uchar *endgroup = scode; + + do endgroup += GET(endgroup, 1); while (*endgroup == OP_ALT); + if (code >= scode && code <= endgroup) continue; /* Simple recursion */ + + for (r = recurses; r != NULL; r = r->prev) + if (r->group == scode) break; + if (r != NULL) continue; /* Mutual recursion */ + } + + /* Completed reference; scan the referenced group, remembering it on the + stack chain to detect mutual recursions. */ + + empty_branch = FALSE; + this_recurse.prev = recurses; + this_recurse.group = scode; + + do + { + if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, endcode, utf, cd, &this_recurse)) + { + empty_branch = TRUE; + break; + } + scode += GET(scode, 1); + } + while (*scode == OP_ALT); + + if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */ + continue; + } + + /* Groups with zero repeats can of course be empty; skip them. */ + + if (c == OP_BRAZERO || c == OP_BRAMINZERO || c == OP_SKIPZERO || + c == OP_BRAPOSZERO) + { + code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; + do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); + c = *code; + continue; + } + + /* A nested group that is already marked as "could be empty" can just be + skipped. */ + + if (c == OP_SBRA || c == OP_SBRAPOS || + c == OP_SCBRA || c == OP_SCBRAPOS) + { + do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); + c = *code; + continue; + } + + /* For other groups, scan the branches. */ + + if (c == OP_BRA || c == OP_BRAPOS || + c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_CBRAPOS || + c == OP_ONCE || c == OP_ONCE_NC || + c == OP_COND) + { + BOOL empty_branch; + if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Hit unclosed bracket */ + + /* If a conditional group has only one branch, there is a second, implied, + empty branch, so just skip over the conditional, because it could be empty. + Otherwise, scan the individual branches of the group. */ + + if (c == OP_COND && code[GET(code, 1)] != OP_ALT) + code += GET(code, 1); + else + { + empty_branch = FALSE; + do + { + if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf, cd, NULL)) + empty_branch = TRUE; + code += GET(code, 1); + } + while (*code == OP_ALT); + if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */ + } + + c = *code; + continue; + } + + /* Handle the other opcodes */ + + switch (c) + { + /* Check for quantifiers after a class. XCLASS is used for classes that + cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single + high-valued characters. The length in PRIV(OP_lengths)[] is zero; the + actual length is stored in the compiled code, so we must update "code" + here. */ + +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + case OP_XCLASS: + ccode = code += GET(code, 1); + goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT; +#endif + + case OP_CLASS: + case OP_NCLASS: + ccode = code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; + +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT: +#endif + + switch (*ccode) + { + case OP_CRSTAR: /* These could be empty; continue */ + case OP_CRMINSTAR: + case OP_CRQUERY: + case OP_CRMINQUERY: + case OP_CRPOSSTAR: + case OP_CRPOSQUERY: + break; + + default: /* Non-repeat => class must match */ + case OP_CRPLUS: /* These repeats aren't empty */ + case OP_CRMINPLUS: + case OP_CRPOSPLUS: + return FALSE; + + case OP_CRRANGE: + case OP_CRMINRANGE: + case OP_CRPOSRANGE: + if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE; /* Minimum > 0 */ + break; + } + break; + + /* Opcodes that must match a character */ + + case OP_ANY: + case OP_ALLANY: + case OP_ANYBYTE: + + case OP_PROP: + case OP_NOTPROP: + case OP_ANYNL: + + case OP_NOT_HSPACE: + case OP_HSPACE: + case OP_NOT_VSPACE: + case OP_VSPACE: + case OP_EXTUNI: + + case OP_NOT_DIGIT: + case OP_DIGIT: + case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: + case OP_WHITESPACE: + case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: + case OP_WORDCHAR: + + case OP_CHAR: + case OP_CHARI: + case OP_NOT: + case OP_NOTI: + + case OP_PLUS: + case OP_PLUSI: + case OP_MINPLUS: + case OP_MINPLUSI: + + case OP_NOTPLUS: + case OP_NOTPLUSI: + case OP_NOTMINPLUS: + case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: + + case OP_POSPLUS: + case OP_POSPLUSI: + case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: + case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: + + case OP_EXACT: + case OP_EXACTI: + case OP_NOTEXACT: + case OP_NOTEXACTI: + + case OP_TYPEPLUS: + case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: + case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: + case OP_TYPEEXACT: + + return FALSE; + + /* These are going to continue, as they may be empty, but we have to + fudge the length for the \p and \P cases. */ + + case OP_TYPESTAR: + case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: + case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: + case OP_TYPEQUERY: + case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: + case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: + if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; + break; + + /* Same for these */ + + case OP_TYPEUPTO: + case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: + case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: + if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) + code += 2; + break; + + /* End of branch */ + + case OP_KET: + case OP_KETRMAX: + case OP_KETRMIN: + case OP_KETRPOS: + case OP_ALT: + return TRUE; + + /* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, POSSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, POSQUERY, UPTO, + MINUPTO, and POSUPTO and their caseless and negative versions may be + followed by a multibyte character. */ + +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 + case OP_STAR: + case OP_STARI: + case OP_NOTSTAR: + case OP_NOTSTARI: + + case OP_MINSTAR: + case OP_MINSTARI: + case OP_NOTMINSTAR: + case OP_NOTMINSTARI: + + case OP_POSSTAR: + case OP_POSSTARI: + case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: + case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: + + case OP_QUERY: + case OP_QUERYI: + case OP_NOTQUERY: + case OP_NOTQUERYI: + + case OP_MINQUERY: + case OP_MINQUERYI: + case OP_NOTMINQUERY: + case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: + + case OP_POSQUERY: + case OP_POSQUERYI: + case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: + case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: + + if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1]); + break; + + case OP_UPTO: + case OP_UPTOI: + case OP_NOTUPTO: + case OP_NOTUPTOI: + + case OP_MINUPTO: + case OP_MINUPTOI: + case OP_NOTMINUPTO: + case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: + + case OP_POSUPTO: + case OP_POSUPTOI: + case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: + case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: + + if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE]); + break; +#endif + + /* MARK, and PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument must skip over the argument + string. */ + + case OP_MARK: + case OP_PRUNE_ARG: + case OP_SKIP_ARG: + case OP_THEN_ARG: + code += code[1]; + break; + + /* None of the remaining opcodes are required to match a character. */ + + default: + break; + } + } + +return TRUE; +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness * +*************************************************/ + +/* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check +the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty +string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels, +stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion. +This function is called only during the real compile, not during the +pre-compile. + +Arguments: + code points to start of the recursion + endcode points to where to stop (current RECURSE item) + bcptr points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts + utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode + cd pointers to tables etc + +Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty +*/ + +static BOOL +could_be_empty(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode, + branch_chain *bcptr, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd) +{ +while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current_branch >= code) + { + if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current_branch, endcode, utf, cd, NULL)) + return FALSE; + bcptr = bcptr->outer; + } +return TRUE; +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Base opcode of repeated opcodes * +*************************************************/ + +/* Returns the base opcode for repeated single character type opcodes. If the +opcode is not a repeated character type, it returns with the original value. + +Arguments: c opcode +Returns: base opcode for the type +*/ + +static pcre_uchar +get_repeat_base(pcre_uchar c) +{ +return (c > OP_TYPEPOSUPTO)? c : + (c >= OP_TYPESTAR)? OP_TYPESTAR : + (c >= OP_NOTSTARI)? OP_NOTSTARI : + (c >= OP_NOTSTAR)? OP_NOTSTAR : + (c >= OP_STARI)? OP_STARI : + OP_STAR; +} + + + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP +/************************************************* +* Check a character and a property * +*************************************************/ + +/* This function is called by check_auto_possessive() when a property item +is adjacent to a fixed character. + +Arguments: + c the character + ptype the property type + pdata the data for the type + negated TRUE if it's a negated property (\P or \p{^) + +Returns: TRUE if auto-possessifying is OK +*/ + +static BOOL +check_char_prop(pcre_uint32 c, unsigned int ptype, unsigned int pdata, + BOOL negated) +{ +const pcre_uint32 *p; +const ucd_record *prop = GET_UCD(c); + +switch(ptype) + { + case PT_LAMP: + return (prop->chartype == ucp_Lu || + prop->chartype == ucp_Ll || + prop->chartype == ucp_Lt) == negated; + + case PT_GC: + return (pdata == PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype]) == negated; + + case PT_PC: + return (pdata == prop->chartype) == negated; + + case PT_SC: + return (pdata == prop->script) == negated; + + /* These are specials */ + + case PT_ALNUM: + return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || + PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N) == negated; + + /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, which + means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE was changed + at release 8.34. */ + + case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ + case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ + switch(c) + { + HSPACE_CASES: + VSPACE_CASES: + return negated; + + default: + return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z) == negated; + } + break; /* Control never reaches here */ + + case PT_WORD: + return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || + PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N || + c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == negated; + + case PT_CLIST: + p = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + prop->caseset; + for (;;) + { + if (c < *p) return !negated; + if (c == *p++) return negated; + } + break; /* Control never reaches here */ + } + +return FALSE; +} +#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ + + + +/************************************************* +* Fill the character property list * +*************************************************/ + +/* Checks whether the code points to an opcode that can take part in auto- +possessification, and if so, fills a list with its properties. + +Arguments: + code points to start of expression + utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode + fcc points to case-flipping table + list points to output list + list[0] will be filled with the opcode + list[1] will be non-zero if this opcode + can match an empty character string + list[2..7] depends on the opcode + +Returns: points to the start of the next opcode if *code is accepted + NULL if *code is not accepted +*/ + +static const pcre_uchar * +get_chr_property_list(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, + const pcre_uint8 *fcc, pcre_uint32 *list) +{ +pcre_uchar c = *code; +pcre_uchar base; +const pcre_uchar *end; +pcre_uint32 chr; + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP +pcre_uint32 *clist_dest; +const pcre_uint32 *clist_src; +#else +utf = utf; /* Suppress "unused parameter" compiler warning */ +#endif + +list[0] = c; +list[1] = FALSE; +code++; + +if (c >= OP_STAR && c <= OP_TYPEPOSUPTO) + { + base = get_repeat_base(c); + c -= (base - OP_STAR); + + if (c == OP_UPTO || c == OP_MINUPTO || c == OP_EXACT || c == OP_POSUPTO) + code += IMM2_SIZE; + + list[1] = (c != OP_PLUS && c != OP_MINPLUS && c != OP_EXACT && c != OP_POSPLUS); + + switch(base) + { + case OP_STAR: + list[0] = OP_CHAR; + break; + + case OP_STARI: + list[0] = OP_CHARI; + break; + + case OP_NOTSTAR: + list[0] = OP_NOT; + break; + + case OP_NOTSTARI: + list[0] = OP_NOTI; + break; + + case OP_TYPESTAR: + list[0] = *code; + code++; + break; + } + c = list[0]; + } + +switch(c) + { + case OP_NOT_DIGIT: + case OP_DIGIT: + case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: + case OP_WHITESPACE: + case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: + case OP_WORDCHAR: + case OP_ANY: + case OP_ALLANY: + case OP_ANYNL: + case OP_NOT_HSPACE: + case OP_HSPACE: + case OP_NOT_VSPACE: + case OP_VSPACE: + case OP_EXTUNI: + case OP_EODN: + case OP_EOD: + case OP_DOLL: + case OP_DOLLM: + return code; + + case OP_CHAR: + case OP_NOT: + GETCHARINCTEST(chr, code); + list[2] = chr; + list[3] = NOTACHAR; + return code; + + case OP_CHARI: + case OP_NOTI: + list[0] = (c == OP_CHARI) ? OP_CHAR : OP_NOT; + GETCHARINCTEST(chr, code); + list[2] = chr; + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP + if (chr < 128 || (chr < 256 && !utf)) + list[3] = fcc[chr]; + else + list[3] = UCD_OTHERCASE(chr); +#elif defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + list[3] = (chr < 256) ? fcc[chr] : chr; +#else + list[3] = fcc[chr]; +#endif + + /* The othercase might be the same value. */ + + if (chr == list[3]) + list[3] = NOTACHAR; + else + list[4] = NOTACHAR; + return code; + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP + case OP_PROP: + case OP_NOTPROP: + if (code[0] != PT_CLIST) + { + list[2] = code[0]; + list[3] = code[1]; + return code + 2; + } + + /* Convert only if we have enough space. */ + + clist_src = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + code[1]; + clist_dest = list + 2; + code += 2; + + do { + if (clist_dest >= list + 8) + { + /* Early return if there is not enough space. This should never + happen, since all clists are shorter than 5 character now. */ + list[2] = code[0]; + list[3] = code[1]; + return code; + } + *clist_dest++ = *clist_src; + } + while(*clist_src++ != NOTACHAR); + + /* All characters are stored. The terminating NOTACHAR + is copied form the clist itself. */ + + list[0] = (c == OP_PROP) ? OP_CHAR : OP_NOT; + return code; +#endif + + case OP_NCLASS: + case OP_CLASS: +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + case OP_XCLASS: + if (c == OP_XCLASS) + end = code + GET(code, 0) - 1; + else +#endif + end = code + 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); + + switch(*end) + { + case OP_CRSTAR: + case OP_CRMINSTAR: + case OP_CRQUERY: + case OP_CRMINQUERY: + case OP_CRPOSSTAR: + case OP_CRPOSQUERY: + list[1] = TRUE; + end++; + break; + + case OP_CRPLUS: + case OP_CRMINPLUS: + case OP_CRPOSPLUS: + end++; + break; + + case OP_CRRANGE: + case OP_CRMINRANGE: + case OP_CRPOSRANGE: + list[1] = (GET2(end, 1) == 0); + end += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; + break; + } + list[2] = end - code; + return end; + } +return NULL; /* Opcode not accepted */ +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Scan further character sets for match * +*************************************************/ + +/* Checks whether the base and the current opcode have a common character, in +which case the base cannot be possessified. + +Arguments: + code points to the byte code + utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode + cd static compile data + base_list the data list of the base opcode + +Returns: TRUE if the auto-possessification is possible +*/ + +static BOOL +compare_opcodes(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, const compile_data *cd, + const pcre_uint32 *base_list, const pcre_uchar *base_end) +{ +pcre_uchar c; +pcre_uint32 list[8]; +const pcre_uint32 *chr_ptr; +const pcre_uint32 *ochr_ptr; +const pcre_uint32 *list_ptr; +const pcre_uchar *next_code; +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 +const pcre_uchar *xclass_flags; +#endif +const pcre_uint8 *class_bitset; +const pcre_uint8 *set1, *set2, *set_end; +pcre_uint32 chr; +BOOL accepted, invert_bits; + +/* Note: the base_list[1] contains whether the current opcode has greedy +(represented by a non-zero value) quantifier. This is a different from +other character type lists, which stores here that the character iterator +matches to an empty string (also represented by a non-zero value). */ + +for(;;) + { + /* All operations move the code pointer forward. + Therefore infinite recursions are not possible. */ + + c = *code; + + /* Skip over callouts */ + + if (c == OP_CALLOUT) + { + code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; + continue; + } + + if (c == OP_ALT) + { + do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); + c = *code; + } + + switch(c) + { + case OP_END: + case OP_KETRPOS: + /* TRUE only in greedy case. The non-greedy case could be replaced by + an OP_EXACT, but it is probably not worth it. (And note that OP_EXACT + uses more memory, which we cannot get at this stage.) */ + + return base_list[1] != 0; + + case OP_KET: + /* If the bracket is capturing, and referenced by an OP_RECURSE, or + it is an atomic sub-pattern (assert, once, etc.) the non-greedy case + cannot be converted to a possessive form. */ + + if (base_list[1] == 0) return FALSE; + + switch(*(code - GET(code, 1))) + { + case OP_ASSERT: + case OP_ASSERT_NOT: + case OP_ASSERTBACK: + case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: + case OP_ONCE: + case OP_ONCE_NC: + /* Atomic sub-patterns and assertions can always auto-possessify their + last iterator. */ + return TRUE; + } + + code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; + continue; + + case OP_ONCE: + case OP_ONCE_NC: + case OP_BRA: + case OP_CBRA: + next_code = code + GET(code, 1); + code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; + + while (*next_code == OP_ALT) + { + if (!compare_opcodes(code, utf, cd, base_list, base_end)) return FALSE; + code = next_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE; + next_code += GET(next_code, 1); + } + continue; + + case OP_BRAZERO: + case OP_BRAMINZERO: + + next_code = code + 1; + if (*next_code != OP_BRA && *next_code != OP_CBRA + && *next_code != OP_ONCE && *next_code != OP_ONCE_NC) return FALSE; + + do next_code += GET(next_code, 1); while (*next_code == OP_ALT); + + /* The bracket content will be checked by the + OP_BRA/OP_CBRA case above. */ + next_code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + if (!compare_opcodes(next_code, utf, cd, base_list, base_end)) + return FALSE; + + code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; + continue; + } + + /* Check for a supported opcode, and load its properties. */ + + code = get_chr_property_list(code, utf, cd->fcc, list); + if (code == NULL) return FALSE; /* Unsupported */ + + /* If either opcode is a small character list, set pointers for comparing + characters from that list with another list, or with a property. */ + + if (base_list[0] == OP_CHAR) + { + chr_ptr = base_list + 2; + list_ptr = list; + } + else if (list[0] == OP_CHAR) + { + chr_ptr = list + 2; + list_ptr = base_list; + } + + /* Character bitsets can also be compared to certain opcodes. */ + + else if (base_list[0] == OP_CLASS || list[0] == OP_CLASS +#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 + /* In 8 bit, non-UTF mode, OP_CLASS and OP_NCLASS are the same. */ + || (!utf && (base_list[0] == OP_NCLASS || list[0] == OP_NCLASS)) +#endif + ) + { +#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 + if (base_list[0] == OP_CLASS || (!utf && base_list[0] == OP_NCLASS)) +#else + if (base_list[0] == OP_CLASS) +#endif + { + set1 = (pcre_uint8 *)(base_end - base_list[2]); + list_ptr = list; + } + else + { + set1 = (pcre_uint8 *)(code - list[2]); + list_ptr = base_list; + } + + invert_bits = FALSE; + switch(list_ptr[0]) + { + case OP_CLASS: + case OP_NCLASS: + set2 = (pcre_uint8 *) + ((list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2]); + break; + +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + case OP_XCLASS: + xclass_flags = (list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2] + LINK_SIZE; + if ((*xclass_flags & XCL_HASPROP) != 0) return FALSE; + if ((*xclass_flags & XCL_MAP) == 0) + { + /* No bits are set for characters < 256. */ + if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE; + /* Might be an empty repeat. */ + continue; + } + set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(xclass_flags + 1); + break; +#endif + + case OP_NOT_DIGIT: + invert_bits = TRUE; + /* Fall through */ + case OP_DIGIT: + set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(cd->cbits + cbit_digit); + break; + + case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: + invert_bits = TRUE; + /* Fall through */ + case OP_WHITESPACE: + set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(cd->cbits + cbit_space); + break; + + case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: + invert_bits = TRUE; + /* Fall through */ + case OP_WORDCHAR: + set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(cd->cbits + cbit_word); + break; + + default: + return FALSE; + } + + /* Because the sets are unaligned, we need + to perform byte comparison here. */ + set_end = set1 + 32; + if (invert_bits) + { + do + { + if ((*set1++ & ~(*set2++)) != 0) return FALSE; + } + while (set1 < set_end); + } + else + { + do + { + if ((*set1++ & *set2++) != 0) return FALSE; + } + while (set1 < set_end); + } + + if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE; + /* Might be an empty repeat. */ + continue; + } + + /* Some property combinations also acceptable. Unicode property opcodes are + processed specially; the rest can be handled with a lookup table. */ + + else + { + pcre_uint32 leftop, rightop; + + leftop = base_list[0]; + rightop = list[0]; + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP + accepted = FALSE; /* Always set in non-unicode case. */ + if (leftop == OP_PROP || leftop == OP_NOTPROP) + { + if (rightop == OP_EOD) + accepted = TRUE; + else if (rightop == OP_PROP || rightop == OP_NOTPROP) + { + int n; + const pcre_uint8 *p; + BOOL same = leftop == rightop; + BOOL lisprop = leftop == OP_PROP; + BOOL risprop = rightop == OP_PROP; + BOOL bothprop = lisprop && risprop; + + /* There's a table that specifies how each combination is to be + processed: + 0 Always return FALSE (never auto-possessify) + 1 Character groups are distinct (possessify if both are OP_PROP) + 2 Check character categories in the same group (general or particular) + 3 Return TRUE if the two opcodes are not the same + ... see comments below + */ + + n = propposstab[base_list[2]][list[2]]; + switch(n) + { + case 0: break; + case 1: accepted = bothprop; break; + case 2: accepted = (base_list[3] == list[3]) != same; break; + case 3: accepted = !same; break; + + case 4: /* Left general category, right particular category */ + accepted = risprop && catposstab[base_list[3]][list[3]] == same; + break; + + case 5: /* Right general category, left particular category */ + accepted = lisprop && catposstab[list[3]][base_list[3]] == same; + break; + + /* This code is logically tricky. Think hard before fiddling with it. + The posspropstab table has four entries per row. Each row relates to + one of PCRE's special properties such as ALNUM or SPACE or WORD. + Only WORD actually needs all four entries, but using repeats for the + others means they can all use the same code below. + + The first two entries in each row are Unicode general categories, and + apply always, because all the characters they include are part of the + PCRE character set. The third and fourth entries are a general and a + particular category, respectively, that include one or more relevant + characters. One or the other is used, depending on whether the check + is for a general or a particular category. However, in both cases the + category contains more characters than the specials that are defined + for the property being tested against. Therefore, it cannot be used + in a NOTPROP case. + + Example: the row for WORD contains ucp_L, ucp_N, ucp_P, ucp_Po. + Underscore is covered by ucp_P or ucp_Po. */ + + case 6: /* Left alphanum vs right general category */ + case 7: /* Left space vs right general category */ + case 8: /* Left word vs right general category */ + p = posspropstab[n-6]; + accepted = risprop && lisprop == + (list[3] != p[0] && + list[3] != p[1] && + (list[3] != p[2] || !lisprop)); + break; + + case 9: /* Right alphanum vs left general category */ + case 10: /* Right space vs left general category */ + case 11: /* Right word vs left general category */ + p = posspropstab[n-9]; + accepted = lisprop && risprop == + (base_list[3] != p[0] && + base_list[3] != p[1] && + (base_list[3] != p[2] || !risprop)); + break; + + case 12: /* Left alphanum vs right particular category */ + case 13: /* Left space vs right particular category */ + case 14: /* Left word vs right particular category */ + p = posspropstab[n-12]; + accepted = risprop && lisprop == + (catposstab[p[0]][list[3]] && + catposstab[p[1]][list[3]] && + (list[3] != p[3] || !lisprop)); + break; + + case 15: /* Right alphanum vs left particular category */ + case 16: /* Right space vs left particular category */ + case 17: /* Right word vs left particular category */ + p = posspropstab[n-15]; + accepted = lisprop && risprop == + (catposstab[p[0]][base_list[3]] && + catposstab[p[1]][base_list[3]] && + (base_list[3] != p[3] || !risprop)); + break; + } + } + } + + else +#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ + + accepted = leftop >= FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP && leftop <= LAST_AUTOTAB_LEFT_OP && + rightop >= FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP && rightop <= LAST_AUTOTAB_RIGHT_OP && + autoposstab[leftop - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP][rightop - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP]; + + if (!accepted) + return FALSE; + + if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE; + /* Might be an empty repeat. */ + continue; + } + + /* Control reaches here only if one of the items is a small character list. + All characters are checked against the other side. */ + + do + { + chr = *chr_ptr; + + switch(list_ptr[0]) + { + case OP_CHAR: + ochr_ptr = list_ptr + 2; + do + { + if (chr == *ochr_ptr) return FALSE; + ochr_ptr++; + } + while(*ochr_ptr != NOTACHAR); + break; + + case OP_NOT: + ochr_ptr = list_ptr + 2; + do + { + if (chr == *ochr_ptr) + break; + ochr_ptr++; + } + while(*ochr_ptr != NOTACHAR); + if (*ochr_ptr == NOTACHAR) return FALSE; /* Not found */ + break; + + /* Note that OP_DIGIT etc. are generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not* + set. When it is set, \d etc. are converted into OP_(NOT_)PROP codes. */ + + case OP_DIGIT: + if (chr < 256 && (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_digit) != 0) return FALSE; + break; + + case OP_NOT_DIGIT: + if (chr > 255 || (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE; + break; + + case OP_WHITESPACE: + if (chr < 256 && (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_space) != 0) return FALSE; + break; + + case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: + if (chr > 255 || (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_space) == 0) return FALSE; + break; + + case OP_WORDCHAR: + if (chr < 255 && (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_word) != 0) return FALSE; + break; + + case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: + if (chr > 255 || (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_word) == 0) return FALSE; + break; + + case OP_HSPACE: + switch(chr) + { + HSPACE_CASES: return FALSE; + default: break; + } + break; + + case OP_NOT_HSPACE: + switch(chr) + { + HSPACE_CASES: break; + default: return FALSE; + } + break; + + case OP_ANYNL: + case OP_VSPACE: + switch(chr) + { + VSPACE_CASES: return FALSE; + default: break; + } + break; + + case OP_NOT_VSPACE: + switch(chr) + { + VSPACE_CASES: break; + default: return FALSE; + } + break; + + case OP_DOLL: + case OP_EODN: + switch (chr) + { + case CHAR_CR: + case CHAR_LF: + case CHAR_VT: + case CHAR_FF: + case CHAR_NEL: +#ifndef EBCDIC + case 0x2028: + case 0x2029: +#endif /* Not EBCDIC */ + return FALSE; + } + break; + + case OP_EOD: /* Can always possessify before \z */ + break; + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP + case OP_PROP: + case OP_NOTPROP: + if (!check_char_prop(chr, list_ptr[2], list_ptr[3], + list_ptr[0] == OP_NOTPROP)) + return FALSE; + break; +#endif + + case OP_NCLASS: + if (chr > 255) return FALSE; + /* Fall through */ + + case OP_CLASS: + if (chr > 255) break; + class_bitset = (pcre_uint8 *) + ((list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2]); + if ((class_bitset[chr >> 3] & (1 << (chr & 7))) != 0) return FALSE; + break; + +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + case OP_XCLASS: + if (PRIV(xclass)(chr, (list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - + list_ptr[2] + LINK_SIZE, utf)) return FALSE; + break; +#endif + + default: + return FALSE; + } + + chr_ptr++; + } + while(*chr_ptr != NOTACHAR); + + /* At least one character must be matched from this opcode. */ + + if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE; + } + +/* Control never reaches here. There used to be a fail-save return FALSE; here, +but some compilers complain about an unreachable statement. */ + +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Scan compiled regex for auto-possession * +*************************************************/ + +/* Replaces single character iterations with their possessive alternatives +if appropriate. This function modifies the compiled opcode! + +Arguments: + code points to start of the byte code + utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode + cd static compile data + +Returns: nothing +*/ + +static void +auto_possessify(pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, const compile_data *cd) +{ +register pcre_uchar c; +const pcre_uchar *end; +pcre_uchar *repeat_opcode; +pcre_uint32 list[8]; + +for (;;) + { + c = *code; + + if (c >= OP_STAR && c <= OP_TYPEPOSUPTO) + { + c -= get_repeat_base(c) - OP_STAR; + end = (c <= OP_MINUPTO) ? + get_chr_property_list(code, utf, cd->fcc, list) : NULL; + list[1] = c == OP_STAR || c == OP_PLUS || c == OP_QUERY || c == OP_UPTO; + + if (end != NULL && compare_opcodes(end, utf, cd, list, end)) + { + switch(c) + { + case OP_STAR: + *code += OP_POSSTAR - OP_STAR; + break; + + case OP_MINSTAR: + *code += OP_POSSTAR - OP_MINSTAR; + break; + + case OP_PLUS: + *code += OP_POSPLUS - OP_PLUS; + break; + + case OP_MINPLUS: + *code += OP_POSPLUS - OP_MINPLUS; + break; + + case OP_QUERY: + *code += OP_POSQUERY - OP_QUERY; + break; + + case OP_MINQUERY: + *code += OP_POSQUERY - OP_MINQUERY; + break; + + case OP_UPTO: + *code += OP_POSUPTO - OP_UPTO; + break; + + case OP_MINUPTO: + *code += OP_POSUPTO - OP_MINUPTO; + break; + } + } + c = *code; + } + else if (c == OP_CLASS || c == OP_NCLASS || c == OP_XCLASS) + { +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + if (c == OP_XCLASS) + repeat_opcode = code + GET(code, 1); + else +#endif + repeat_opcode = code + 1 + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)); + + c = *repeat_opcode; + if (c >= OP_CRSTAR && c <= OP_CRMINRANGE) + { + /* end must not be NULL. */ + end = get_chr_property_list(code, utf, cd->fcc, list); + + list[1] = (c & 1) == 0; + + if (compare_opcodes(end, utf, cd, list, end)) + { + switch (c) + { + case OP_CRSTAR: + case OP_CRMINSTAR: + *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSSTAR; + break; + + case OP_CRPLUS: + case OP_CRMINPLUS: + *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSPLUS; + break; + + case OP_CRQUERY: + case OP_CRMINQUERY: + *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSQUERY; + break; + + case OP_CRRANGE: + case OP_CRMINRANGE: + *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSRANGE; + break; + } + } + } + c = *code; + } + + switch(c) + { + case OP_END: + return; + + case OP_TYPESTAR: + case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: + case OP_TYPEPLUS: + case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: + case OP_TYPEQUERY: + case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: + case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: + case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: + case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: + if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; + break; + + case OP_TYPEUPTO: + case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: + case OP_TYPEEXACT: + case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: + if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) + code += 2; + break; + +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + case OP_XCLASS: + code += GET(code, 1); + break; +#endif + + case OP_MARK: + case OP_PRUNE_ARG: + case OP_SKIP_ARG: + case OP_THEN_ARG: + code += code[1]; + break; + } + + /* Add in the fixed length from the table */ + + code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; + + /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by + a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to + arrange to skip the extra bytes. */ + +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 + if (utf) switch(c) + { + case OP_CHAR: + case OP_CHARI: + case OP_NOT: + case OP_NOTI: + case OP_STAR: + case OP_MINSTAR: + case OP_PLUS: + case OP_MINPLUS: + case OP_QUERY: + case OP_MINQUERY: + case OP_UPTO: + case OP_MINUPTO: + case OP_EXACT: + case OP_POSSTAR: + case OP_POSPLUS: + case OP_POSQUERY: + case OP_POSUPTO: + case OP_STARI: + case OP_MINSTARI: + case OP_PLUSI: + case OP_MINPLUSI: + case OP_QUERYI: + case OP_MINQUERYI: + case OP_UPTOI: + case OP_MINUPTOI: + case OP_EXACTI: + case OP_POSSTARI: + case OP_POSPLUSI: + case OP_POSQUERYI: + case OP_POSUPTOI: + case OP_NOTSTAR: + case OP_NOTMINSTAR: + case OP_NOTPLUS: + case OP_NOTMINPLUS: + case OP_NOTQUERY: + case OP_NOTMINQUERY: + case OP_NOTUPTO: + case OP_NOTMINUPTO: + case OP_NOTEXACT: + case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: + case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: + case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: + case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: + case OP_NOTSTARI: + case OP_NOTMINSTARI: + case OP_NOTPLUSI: + case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: + case OP_NOTQUERYI: + case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: + case OP_NOTUPTOI: + case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: + case OP_NOTEXACTI: + case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: + case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: + case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: + case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: + if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]); + break; + } +#else + (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */ +#endif + } +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Check for POSIX class syntax * +*************************************************/ + +/* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is +encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by a +sequence of characters terminated by a matching ":]" or ".]" or "=]". If we +reach an unescaped ']' without the special preceding character, return FALSE. + +Originally, this function only recognized a sequence of letters between the +terminators, but it seems that Perl recognizes any sequence of characters, +though of course unknown POSIX names are subsequently rejected. Perl gives an +"Unknown POSIX class" error for [:f\oo:] for example, where previously PCRE +didn't consider this to be a POSIX class. Likewise for [:1234:]. + +The problem in trying to be exactly like Perl is in the handling of escapes. We +have to be sure that [abc[:x\]pqr] is *not* treated as containing a POSIX +class, but [abc[:x\]pqr:]] is (so that an error can be generated). The code +below handles the special case of \], but does not try to do any other escape +processing. This makes it different from Perl for cases such as [:l\ower:] +where Perl recognizes it as the POSIX class "lower" but PCRE does not recognize +"l\ower". This is a lesser evil than not diagnosing bad classes when Perl does, +I think. + +A user pointed out that PCRE was rejecting [:a[:digit:]] whereas Perl was not. +It seems that the appearance of a nested POSIX class supersedes an apparent +external class. For example, [:a[:digit:]b:] matches "a", "b", ":", or +a digit. + +In Perl, unescaped square brackets may also appear as part of class names. For +example, [:a[:abc]b:] gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b:]". However, for +[:a[:abc]b][b:] it gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b][b:]", which does not +seem right at all. PCRE does not allow closing square brackets in POSIX class +names. + +Arguments: + ptr pointer to the initial [ + endptr where to return the end pointer + +Returns: TRUE or FALSE +*/ + +static BOOL +check_posix_syntax(const pcre_uchar *ptr, const pcre_uchar **endptr) +{ +pcre_uchar terminator; /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */ +terminator = *(++ptr); /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */ +for (++ptr; *ptr != CHAR_NULL; ptr++) + { + if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) + ptr++; + else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) return FALSE; + else + { + if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) + { + *endptr = ptr; + return TRUE; + } + if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && + (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || + ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && + check_posix_syntax(ptr, endptr)) + return FALSE; + } + } +return FALSE; +} + + + + +/************************************************* +* Check POSIX class name * +*************************************************/ + +/* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry +such as [:alnum:]. + +Arguments: + ptr points to the first letter + len the length of the name + +Returns: a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown +*/ + +static int +check_posix_name(const pcre_uchar *ptr, int len) +{ +const char *pn = posix_names; +register int yield = 0; +while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0) + { + if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] && + STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr, pn, (unsigned int)len) == 0) return yield; + pn += posix_name_lengths[yield] + 1; + yield++; + } +return -1; +} + + +/************************************************* +* Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group * +*************************************************/ + +/* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group +that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed +repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to +earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is +optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO or OP_SKIPZERO is +inserted before it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE +items within it that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to +have their offsets adjusted. That one of the jobs of this function. Before it +is called, the partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with +OP_END. + +This function has been extended with the possibility of forward references for +recursions and subroutine calls. It must also check the list of such references +for the group we are dealing with. If it finds that one of the recursions in +the current group is on this list, it adjusts the offset in the list, not the +value in the reference (which is a group number). + +Arguments: + group points to the start of the group + adjust the amount by which the group is to be moved + utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode + cd contains pointers to tables etc. + save_hwm the hwm forward reference pointer at the start of the group + +Returns: nothing +*/ + +static void +adjust_recurse(pcre_uchar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd, + pcre_uchar *save_hwm) +{ +pcre_uchar *ptr = group; + +while ((ptr = (pcre_uchar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf)) != NULL) + { + int offset; + pcre_uchar *hc; + + /* See if this recursion is on the forward reference list. If so, adjust the + reference. */ + + for (hc = save_hwm; hc < cd->hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE) + { + offset = (int)GET(hc, 0); + if (cd->start_code + offset == ptr + 1) + { + PUT(hc, 0, offset + adjust); + break; + } + } + + /* Otherwise, adjust the recursion offset if it's after the start of this + group. */ + + if (hc >= cd->hwm) + { + offset = (int)GET(ptr, 1); + if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust); + } + + ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + } +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Insert an automatic callout point * +*************************************************/ + +/* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert +callout points before each pattern item. + +Arguments: + code current code pointer + ptr current pattern pointer + cd pointers to tables etc + +Returns: new code pointer +*/ + +static pcre_uchar * +auto_callout(pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd) +{ +*code++ = OP_CALLOUT; +*code++ = 255; +PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern)); /* Pattern offset */ +PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */ +return code + 2 * LINK_SIZE; +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Complete a callout item * +*************************************************/ + +/* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which +we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used +for both automatic and manual callouts. + +Arguments: + previous_callout points to previous callout item + ptr current pattern pointer + cd pointers to tables etc + +Returns: nothing +*/ + +static void +complete_callout(pcre_uchar *previous_callout, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd) +{ +int length = (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2)); +PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length); +} + + + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP +/************************************************* +* Get othercase range * +*************************************************/ + +/* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode +with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for ranges of +characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the +start address. A character with multiple other cases is returned on its own +with a special return value. + +Arguments: + cptr points to starting character value; updated + d end value + ocptr where to put start of othercase range + odptr where to put end of othercase range + +Yield: -1 when no more + 0 when a range is returned + >0 the CASESET offset for char with multiple other cases + in this case, ocptr contains the original +*/ + +static int +get_othercase_range(pcre_uint32 *cptr, pcre_uint32 d, pcre_uint32 *ocptr, + pcre_uint32 *odptr) +{ +pcre_uint32 c, othercase, next; +unsigned int co; + +/* Find the first character that has an other case. If it has multiple other +cases, return its case offset value. */ + +for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++) + { + if ((co = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0) + { + *ocptr = c++; /* Character that has the set */ + *cptr = c; /* Rest of input range */ + return (int)co; + } + if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c) break; + } + +if (c > d) return -1; /* Reached end of range */ + +/* Found a character that has a single other case. Search for the end of the +range, which is either the end of the input range, or a character that has zero +or more than one other cases. */ + +*ocptr = othercase; +next = othercase + 1; + +for (++c; c <= d; c++) + { + if ((co = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0 || UCD_OTHERCASE(c) != next) break; + next++; + } + +*odptr = next - 1; /* End of othercase range */ +*cptr = c; /* Rest of input range */ +return 0; +} +#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ + + + +/************************************************* +* Add a character or range to a class * +*************************************************/ + +/* This function packages up the logic of adding a character or range of +characters to a class. The character values in the arguments will be within the +valid values for the current mode (8-bit, 16-bit, UTF, etc). This function is +mutually recursive with the function immediately below. + +Arguments: + classbits the bit map for characters < 256 + uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data + options the options word + cd contains pointers to tables etc. + start start of range character + end end of range character + +Returns: the number of < 256 characters added + the pointer to extra data is updated +*/ + +static int +add_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options, + compile_data *cd, pcre_uint32 start, pcre_uint32 end) +{ +pcre_uint32 c; +pcre_uint32 classbits_end = (end <= 0xff ? end : 0xff); +int n8 = 0; + +/* If caseless matching is required, scan the range and process alternate +cases. In Unicode, there are 8-bit characters that have alternate cases that +are greater than 255 and vice-versa. Sometimes we can just extend the original +range. */ + +if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) + { +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP + if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0) + { + int rc; + pcre_uint32 oc, od; + + options &= ~PCRE_CASELESS; /* Remove for recursive calls */ + c = start; + + while ((rc = get_othercase_range(&c, end, &oc, &od)) >= 0) + { + /* Handle a single character that has more than one other case. */ + + if (rc > 0) n8 += add_list_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, + PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + rc, oc); + + /* Do nothing if the other case range is within the original range. */ + + else if (oc >= start && od <= end) continue; + + /* Extend the original range if there is overlap, noting that if oc < c, we + can't have od > end because a subrange is always shorter than the basic + range. Otherwise, use a recursive call to add the additional range. */ + + else if (oc < start && od >= start - 1) start = oc; /* Extend downwards */ + else if (od > end && oc <= end + 1) end = od; /* Extend upwards */ + else n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, oc, od); + } + } + else +#endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ + + /* Not UTF-mode, or no UCP */ + + for (c = start; c <= classbits_end; c++) + { + SETBIT(classbits, cd->fcc[c]); + n8++; + } + } + +/* Now handle the original range. Adjust the final value according to the bit +length - this means that the same lists of (e.g.) horizontal spaces can be used +in all cases. */ + +#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 +#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF + if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) == 0) +#endif + if (end > 0xff) end = 0xff; + +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 +#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF + if ((options & PCRE_UTF16) == 0) +#endif + if (end > 0xffff) end = 0xffff; + +#endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16] */ + +/* Use the bitmap for characters < 256. Otherwise use extra data.*/ + +for (c = start; c <= classbits_end; c++) + { + /* Regardless of start, c will always be <= 255. */ + SETBIT(classbits, c); + n8++; + } + +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 +if (start <= 0xff) start = 0xff + 1; + +if (end >= start) + { + pcre_uchar *uchardata = *uchardptr; +#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF + if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0) /* All UTFs use the same flag bit */ + { + if (start < end) + { + *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; + uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata); + uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(end, uchardata); + } + else if (start == end) + { + *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; + uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata); + } + } + else +#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ + + /* Without UTF support, character values are constrained by the bit length, + and can only be > 256 for 16-bit and 32-bit libraries. */ + +#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 + {} +#else + if (start < end) + { + *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; + *uchardata++ = start; + *uchardata++ = end; + } + else if (start == end) + { + *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; + *uchardata++ = start; + } +#endif + + *uchardptr = uchardata; /* Updata extra data pointer */ + } +#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF || !COMPILE_PCRE8 */ + +return n8; /* Number of 8-bit characters */ +} + + + + +/************************************************* +* Add a list of characters to a class * +*************************************************/ + +/* This function is used for adding a list of case-equivalent characters to a +class, and also for adding a list of horizontal or vertical whitespace. If the +list is in order (which it should be), ranges of characters are detected and +handled appropriately. This function is mutually recursive with the function +above. + +Arguments: + classbits the bit map for characters < 256 + uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data + options the options word + cd contains pointers to tables etc. + p points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR + except character to omit; this is used when adding lists of + case-equivalent characters to avoid including the one we + already know about + +Returns: the number of < 256 characters added + the pointer to extra data is updated +*/ + +static int +add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options, + compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *p, unsigned int except) +{ +int n8 = 0; +while (p[0] < NOTACHAR) + { + int n = 0; + if (p[0] != except) + { + while(p[n+1] == p[0] + n + 1) n++; + n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, p[0], p[n]); + } + p += n + 1; + } +return n8; +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Add characters not in a list to a class * +*************************************************/ + +/* This function is used for adding the complement of a list of horizontal or +vertical whitespace to a class. The list must be in order. + +Arguments: + classbits the bit map for characters < 256 + uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data + options the options word + cd contains pointers to tables etc. + p points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR + +Returns: the number of < 256 characters added + the pointer to extra data is updated +*/ + +static int +add_not_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, + int options, compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *p) +{ +BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; +int n8 = 0; +if (p[0] > 0) + n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, 0, p[0] - 1); +while (p[0] < NOTACHAR) + { + while (p[1] == p[0] + 1) p++; + n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, p[0] + 1, + (p[1] == NOTACHAR) ? (utf ? 0x10ffffu : 0xffffffffu) : p[1] - 1); + p++; + } +return n8; +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Compile one branch * +*************************************************/ + +/* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the a vector. If the options are +changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options +bits. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying +to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile +phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases. + +Arguments: + optionsptr pointer to the option bits + codeptr points to the pointer to the current code point + ptrptr points to the current pattern pointer + errorcodeptr points to error code variable + firstcharptr place to put the first required character + firstcharflagsptr place to put the first character flags, or a negative number + reqcharptr place to put the last required character + reqcharflagsptr place to put the last required character flags, or a negative number + bcptr points to current branch chain + cond_depth conditional nesting depth + cd contains pointers to tables etc. + lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase + points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase + +Returns: TRUE on success + FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error +*/ + +static BOOL +compile_branch(int *optionsptr, pcre_uchar **codeptr, + const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, + pcre_uint32 *firstcharptr, pcre_int32 *firstcharflagsptr, + pcre_uint32 *reqcharptr, pcre_int32 *reqcharflagsptr, + branch_chain *bcptr, int cond_depth, + compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr) +{ +int repeat_type, op_type; +int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0; /* To please picky compilers */ +int bravalue = 0; +int greedy_default, greedy_non_default; +pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar; +pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags; +pcre_uint32 zeroreqchar, zerofirstchar; +pcre_int32 zeroreqcharflags, zerofirstcharflags; +pcre_int32 req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary; +int options = *optionsptr; /* May change dynamically */ +int after_manual_callout = 0; +int length_prevgroup = 0; +register pcre_uint32 c; +int escape; +register pcre_uchar *code = *codeptr; +pcre_uchar *last_code = code; +pcre_uchar *orig_code = code; +pcre_uchar *tempcode; +BOOL inescq = FALSE; +BOOL groupsetfirstchar = FALSE; +const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr; +const pcre_uchar *tempptr; +const pcre_uchar *nestptr = NULL; +pcre_uchar *previous = NULL; +pcre_uchar *previous_callout = NULL; +pcre_uchar *save_hwm = NULL; +pcre_uint8 classbits[32]; + +/* We can fish out the UTF-8 setting once and for all into a BOOL, but we +must not do this for other options (e.g. PCRE_EXTENDED) because they may change +dynamically as we process the pattern. */ + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF +/* PCRE_UTF[16|32] have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ +BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; +#ifndef COMPILE_PCRE32 +pcre_uchar utf_chars[6]; +#endif +#else +BOOL utf = FALSE; +#endif + +/* Helper variables for OP_XCLASS opcode (for characters > 255). We define +class_uchardata always so that it can be passed to add_to_class() always, +though it will not be used in non-UTF 8-bit cases. This avoids having to supply +alternative calls for the different cases. */ + +pcre_uchar *class_uchardata; +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 +BOOL xclass; +pcre_uchar *class_uchardata_base; +#endif + +#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG +if (lengthptr != NULL) DPRINTF((">> start branch\n")); +#endif + +/* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */ + +greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0); +greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1; + +/* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char +matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that +matches a non-fixed char first char; reqchar just remains unset if we never +find one. + +When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values +to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to +zerofirstbyte and zeroreqchar when such a repeat is encountered. The individual +item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */ + +firstchar = reqchar = zerofirstchar = zeroreqchar = 0; +firstcharflags = reqcharflags = zerofirstcharflags = zeroreqcharflags = REQ_UNSET; + +/* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value +or zero, according to the current setting of the caseless flag. The +REQ_CASELESS leaves the lower 28 bit empty. It is added into the +firstchar or reqchar variables to record the case status of the +value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */ + +req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0; + +/* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */ + +for (;; ptr++) + { + BOOL negate_class; + BOOL should_flip_negation; + BOOL possessive_quantifier; + BOOL is_quantifier; + BOOL is_recurse; + BOOL reset_bracount; + int class_has_8bitchar; + int class_one_char; +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + BOOL xclass_has_prop; +#endif + int newoptions; + int recno; + int refsign; + int skipbytes; + pcre_uint32 subreqchar, subfirstchar; + pcre_int32 subreqcharflags, subfirstcharflags; + int terminator; + unsigned int mclength; + unsigned int tempbracount; + pcre_uint32 ec; + pcre_uchar mcbuffer[8]; + + /* Get next character in the pattern */ + + c = *ptr; + + /* If we are at the end of a nested substitution, revert to the outer level + string. Nesting only happens one level deep. */ + + if (c == CHAR_NULL && nestptr != NULL) + { + ptr = nestptr; + nestptr = NULL; + c = *ptr; + } + + /* If we are in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length used for the + previous cycle of this loop. */ + + if (lengthptr != NULL) + { +#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG + if (code > cd->hwm) cd->hwm = code; /* High water info */ +#endif + if (code > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - + WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) /* Check for overrun */ + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR52; + goto FAILED; + } + + /* There is at least one situation where code goes backwards: this is the + case of a zero quantifier after a class (e.g. [ab]{0}). At compile time, + the class is simply eliminated. However, it is created first, so we have to + allow memory for it. Therefore, don't ever reduce the length at this point. + */ + + if (code < last_code) code = last_code; + + /* Paranoid check for integer overflow */ + + if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR20; + goto FAILED; + } + + *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code); + DPRINTF(("length=%d added %d c=%c (0x%x)\n", *lengthptr, + (int)(code - last_code), c, c)); + + /* If "previous" is set and it is not at the start of the work space, move + it back to there, in order to avoid filling up the work space. Otherwise, + if "previous" is NULL, reset the current code pointer to the start. */ + + if (previous != NULL) + { + if (previous > orig_code) + { + memmove(orig_code, previous, IN_UCHARS(code - previous)); + code -= previous - orig_code; + previous = orig_code; + } + } + else code = orig_code; + + /* Remember where this code item starts so we can pick up the length + next time round. */ + + last_code = code; + } + + /* In the real compile phase, just check the workspace used by the forward + reference list. */ + + else if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - + WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR52; + goto FAILED; + } + + /* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal */ + + if (inescq && c != CHAR_NULL) + { + if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) + { + inescq = FALSE; + ptr++; + continue; + } + else + { + if (previous_callout != NULL) + { + if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */ + complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd); + previous_callout = NULL; + } + if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0) + { + previous_callout = code; + code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd); + } + goto NORMAL_CHAR; + } + /* Control does not reach here. */ + } + + /* In extended mode, skip white space and comments. We need a loop in order + to check for more white space and more comments after a comment. */ + + if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) + { + for (;;) + { + while (MAX_255(c) && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) c = *(++ptr); + if (c != CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) break; + ptr++; + while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL) + { + if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) /* For non-fixed-length newline cases, */ + { /* IS_NEWLINE sets cd->nllen. */ + ptr += cd->nllen; + break; + } + ptr++; +#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF + if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr); +#endif + } + c = *ptr; /* Either NULL or the char after a newline */ + } + } + + /* See if the next thing is a quantifier. */ + + is_quantifier = + c == CHAR_ASTERISK || c == CHAR_PLUS || c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK || + (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1)); + + /* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is a + quantifier or when processing a property substitution string in UCP mode. */ + + if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL && nestptr == NULL && + after_manual_callout-- <= 0) + { + if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */ + complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd); + previous_callout = NULL; + } + + /* Create auto callout, except for quantifiers, or while processing property + strings that are substituted for \w etc in UCP mode. */ + + if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier && nestptr == NULL) + { + previous_callout = code; + code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd); + } + + /* Process the next pattern item. */ + + switch(c) + { + /* ===================================================================*/ + case CHAR_NULL: /* The branch terminates at string end */ + case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* or | or ) */ + case CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS: + *firstcharptr = firstchar; + *firstcharflagsptr = firstcharflags; + *reqcharptr = reqchar; + *reqcharflagsptr = reqcharflags; + *codeptr = code; + *ptrptr = ptr; + if (lengthptr != NULL) + { + if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR20; + goto FAILED; + } + *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code); /* To include callout length */ + DPRINTF((">> end branch\n")); + } + return TRUE; + + + /* ===================================================================*/ + /* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables + the setting of any following char as a first character. */ + + case CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT: + previous = NULL; + if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0) + { + if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; + *code++ = OP_CIRCM; + } + else *code++ = OP_CIRC; + break; + + case CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN: + previous = NULL; + *code++ = ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)? OP_DOLLM : OP_DOLL; + break; + + /* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about + repeats. The value of reqchar doesn't change either. */ + + case CHAR_DOT: + if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; + zerofirstchar = firstchar; + zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; + zeroreqchar = reqchar; + zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; + previous = code; + *code++ = ((options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? OP_ALLANY: OP_ANY; + break; + + + /* ===================================================================*/ + /* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 256, we build a + 32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special case + where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build the + map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different opcode + so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly. + + If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different + opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256, + but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells + whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not. + + In JavaScript compatibility mode, an isolated ']' causes an error. In + default (Perl) mode, it is treated as a data character. */ + + case CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET: + if ((cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR64; + goto FAILED; + } + goto NORMAL_CHAR; + + /* In another (POSIX) regex library, the ugly syntax [[:<:]] and [[:>:]] is + used for "start of word" and "end of word". As these are otherwise illegal + sequences, we don't break anything by recognizing them. They are replaced + by \b(?=\w) and \b(?<=\w) respectively. Sequences like [a[:<:]] are + erroneous and are handled by the normal code below. */ + + case CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET: + if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+1, STRING_WEIRD_STARTWORD, 6) == 0) + { + nestptr = ptr + 7; + ptr = sub_start_of_word - 1; + continue; + } + + if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+1, STRING_WEIRD_ENDWORD, 6) == 0) + { + nestptr = ptr + 7; + ptr = sub_end_of_word - 1; + continue; + } + + /* Handle a real character class. */ + + previous = code; + + /* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if + they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */ + + if ((ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || + ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && + check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr)) + { + *errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON)? ERR13 : ERR31; + goto FAILED; + } + + /* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. Also, + if the first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we + skip them too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */ + + negate_class = FALSE; + for (;;) + { + c = *(++ptr); + if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH) + { + if (ptr[1] == CHAR_E) + ptr++; + else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr + 1, STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0) + ptr += 3; + else + break; + } + else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) + negate_class = TRUE; + else break; + } + + /* Empty classes are allowed in JavaScript compatibility mode. Otherwise, + an initial ']' is taken as a data character -- the code below handles + that. In JS mode, [] must always fail, so generate OP_FAIL, whereas + [^] must match any character, so generate OP_ALLANY. */ + + if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET && + (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) + { + *code++ = negate_class? OP_ALLANY : OP_FAIL; + if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; + zerofirstchar = firstchar; + zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; + break; + } + + /* If a class contains a negative special such as \S, we need to flip the + negation flag at the end, so that support for characters > 255 works + correctly (they are all included in the class). */ + + should_flip_negation = FALSE; + + /* Extended class (xclass) will be used when characters > 255 + might match. */ + +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + xclass = FALSE; + class_uchardata = code + LINK_SIZE + 2; /* For XCLASS items */ + class_uchardata_base = class_uchardata; /* Save the start */ +#endif + + /* For optimization purposes, we track some properties of the class: + class_has_8bitchar will be non-zero if the class contains at least one < + 256 character; class_one_char will be 1 if the class contains just one + character; xclass_has_prop will be TRUE if unicode property checks + are present in the class. */ + + class_has_8bitchar = 0; + class_one_char = 0; +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + xclass_has_prop = FALSE; +#endif + + /* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We build the map in a + temporary bit of memory, in case the class contains fewer than two + 8-bit characters because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the bit + map. */ + + memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8)); + + /* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it + means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. At the start of the + loop, c contains the first byte of the character. */ + + if (c != CHAR_NULL) do + { + const pcre_uchar *oldptr; + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF + if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(c)) + { /* Braces are required because the */ + GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */ + } +#endif + +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + /* In the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length of any extra + data and reset the pointer. This is so that very large classes that + contain a zillion > 255 characters no longer overwrite the work space + (which is on the stack). We have to remember that there was XCLASS data, + however. */ + + if (lengthptr != NULL && class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base) + { + xclass = TRUE; + *lengthptr += class_uchardata - class_uchardata_base; + class_uchardata = class_uchardata_base; + } +#endif + + /* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */ + + if (inescq) + { + if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) /* If we are at \E */ + { + inescq = FALSE; /* Reset literal state */ + ptr++; /* Skip the 'E' */ + continue; /* Carry on with next */ + } + goto CHECK_RANGE; /* Could be range if \E follows */ + } + + /* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the + form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is + treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions + [.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl + 5.6 and 5.8 do. */ + + if (c == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && + (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || + ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr)) + { + BOOL local_negate = FALSE; + int posix_class, taboffset, tabopt; + register const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits; + pcre_uint8 pbits[32]; + + if (ptr[1] != CHAR_COLON) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR31; + goto FAILED; + } + + ptr += 2; + if (*ptr == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) + { + local_negate = TRUE; + should_flip_negation = TRUE; /* Note negative special */ + ptr++; + } + + posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, (int)(tempptr - ptr)); + if (posix_class < 0) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR30; + goto FAILED; + } + + /* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to + alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with + alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */ + + if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2) + posix_class = 0; + + /* When PCRE_UCP is set, some of the POSIX classes are converted to + different escape sequences that use Unicode properties \p or \P. Others + that are not available via \p or \P generate XCL_PROP/XCL_NOTPROP + directly. */ + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP + if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0) + { + unsigned int ptype = 0; + int pc = posix_class + ((local_negate)? POSIX_SUBSIZE/2 : 0); + + /* The posix_substitutes table specifies which POSIX classes can be + converted to \p or \P items. */ + + if (posix_substitutes[pc] != NULL) + { + nestptr = tempptr + 1; + ptr = posix_substitutes[pc] - 1; + continue; + } + + /* There are three other classes that generate special property calls + that are recognized only in an XCLASS. */ + + else switch(posix_class) + { + case PC_GRAPH: + ptype = PT_PXGRAPH; + /* Fall through */ + case PC_PRINT: + if (ptype == 0) ptype = PT_PXPRINT; + /* Fall through */ + case PC_PUNCT: + if (ptype == 0) ptype = PT_PXPUNCT; + *class_uchardata++ = local_negate? XCL_NOTPROP : XCL_PROP; + *class_uchardata++ = ptype; + *class_uchardata++ = 0; + xclass_has_prop = TRUE; + ptr = tempptr + 1; + continue; + + /* For all other POSIX classes, no special action is taken in UCP + mode. Fall through to the non_UCP case. */ + + default: + break; + } + } +#endif + /* In the non-UCP case, or when UCP makes no difference, we build the + bit map for the POSIX class in a chunk of local store because we may be + adding and subtracting from it, and we don't want to subtract bits that + may be in the main map already. At the end we or the result into the + bit map that is being built. */ + + posix_class *= 3; + + /* Copy in the first table (always present) */ + + memcpy(pbits, cbits + posix_class_maps[posix_class], + 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8)); + + /* If there is a second table, add or remove it as required. */ + + taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 1]; + tabopt = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 2]; + + if (taboffset >= 0) + { + if (tabopt >= 0) + for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] |= cbits[c + taboffset]; + else + for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] &= ~cbits[c + taboffset]; + } + + /* Now see if we need to remove any special characters. An option + value of 1 removes vertical space and 2 removes underscore. */ + + if (tabopt < 0) tabopt = -tabopt; + if (tabopt == 1) pbits[1] &= ~0x3c; + else if (tabopt == 2) pbits[11] &= 0x7f; + + /* Add the POSIX table or its complement into the main table that is + being built and we are done. */ + + if (local_negate) + for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~pbits[c]; + else + for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= pbits[c]; + + ptr = tempptr + 1; + /* Every class contains at least one < 256 character. */ + class_has_8bitchar = 1; + /* Every class contains at least two characters. */ + class_one_char = 2; + continue; /* End of POSIX syntax handling */ + } + + /* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one + of the specials, which just set a flag. The sequence \b is a special + case. Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace. We + assume that other escapes have more than one character in them, so + speculatively set both class_has_8bitchar and class_one_char bigger + than one. Unrecognized escapes fall through and are either treated + as literal characters (by default), or are faulted if + PCRE_EXTRA is set. */ + + if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH) + { + escape = check_escape(&ptr, &ec, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, + TRUE); + if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; + if (escape == 0) c = ec; + else if (escape == ESC_b) c = CHAR_BS; /* \b is backspace in a class */ + else if (escape == ESC_N) /* \N is not supported in a class */ + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR71; + goto FAILED; + } + else if (escape == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */ + { + if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E) + { + ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */ + } + else inescq = TRUE; + continue; + } + else if (escape == ESC_E) continue; /* Ignore orphan \E */ + + else + { + register const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits; + /* Every class contains at least two < 256 characters. */ + class_has_8bitchar++; + /* Every class contains at least two characters. */ + class_one_char += 2; + + switch (escape) + { +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP + case ESC_du: /* These are the values given for \d etc */ + case ESC_DU: /* when PCRE_UCP is set. We replace the */ + case ESC_wu: /* escape sequence with an appropriate \p */ + case ESC_WU: /* or \P to test Unicode properties instead */ + case ESC_su: /* of the default ASCII testing. */ + case ESC_SU: + nestptr = ptr; + ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU] - 1; /* Just before substitute */ + class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo! */ + continue; +#endif + case ESC_d: + for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit]; + continue; + + case ESC_D: + should_flip_negation = TRUE; + for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit]; + continue; + + case ESC_w: + for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word]; + continue; + + case ESC_W: + should_flip_negation = TRUE; + for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word]; + continue; + + /* Perl 5.004 onwards omitted VT from \s, but restored it at Perl + 5.18. Before PCRE 8.34, we had to preserve the VT bit if it was + previously set by something earlier in the character class. + Luckily, the value of CHAR_VT is 0x0b in both ASCII and EBCDIC, so + we could just adjust the appropriate bit. From PCRE 8.34 we no + longer treat \s and \S specially. */ + + case ESC_s: + for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space]; + continue; + + case ESC_S: + should_flip_negation = TRUE; + for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space]; + continue; + + /* The rest apply in both UCP and non-UCP cases. */ + + case ESC_h: + (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, + PRIV(hspace_list), NOTACHAR); + continue; + + case ESC_H: + (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, + cd, PRIV(hspace_list)); + continue; + + case ESC_v: + (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, + PRIV(vspace_list), NOTACHAR); + continue; + + case ESC_V: + (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, + cd, PRIV(vspace_list)); + continue; + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP + case ESC_p: + case ESC_P: + { + BOOL negated; + unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0; + if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, errorcodeptr)) + goto FAILED; + *class_uchardata++ = ((escape == ESC_p) != negated)? + XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP; + *class_uchardata++ = ptype; + *class_uchardata++ = pdata; + xclass_has_prop = TRUE; + class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo! */ + continue; + } +#endif + /* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its + strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are + treated as literals. */ + + default: + if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR7; + goto FAILED; + } + class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo the speculative increase. */ + class_one_char -= 2; /* Undo the speculative increase. */ + c = *ptr; /* Get the final character and fall through */ + break; + } + } + + /* Fall through if the escape just defined a single character (c >= 0). + This may be greater than 256. */ + + escape = 0; + + } /* End of backslash handling */ + + /* A character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However, Perl does + not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character at the end is + treated as a literal. Perl ignores orphaned \E sequences entirely. The + code for handling \Q and \E is messy. */ + + CHECK_RANGE: + while (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E) + { + inescq = FALSE; + ptr += 2; + } + oldptr = ptr; + + /* Remember if \r or \n were explicitly used */ + + if (c == CHAR_CR || c == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; + + /* Check for range */ + + if (!inescq && ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS) + { + pcre_uint32 d; + ptr += 2; + while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) ptr += 2; + + /* If we hit \Q (not followed by \E) at this point, go into escaped + mode. */ + + while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_Q) + { + ptr += 2; + if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) + { ptr += 2; continue; } + inescq = TRUE; + break; + } + + /* Minus (hyphen) at the end of a class is treated as a literal, so put + back the pointer and jump to handle the character that preceded it. */ + + if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL || (!inescq && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)) + { + ptr = oldptr; + goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER; + } + + /* Otherwise, we have a potential range; pick up the next character */ + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF + if (utf) + { /* Braces are required because the */ + GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */ + } + else +#endif + d = *ptr; /* Not UTF-8 mode */ + + /* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape + sequence, but not any of the other escapes. Perl treats a hyphen as a + literal in such circumstances. However, in Perl's warning mode, a + warning is given, so PCRE now faults it as it is almost certainly a + mistake on the user's part. */ + + if (!inescq) + { + if (d == CHAR_BACKSLASH) + { + int descape; + descape = check_escape(&ptr, &d, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE); + if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; + + /* 0 means a character was put into d; \b is backspace; any other + special causes an error. */ + + if (descape != 0) + { + if (descape == ESC_b) d = CHAR_BS; else + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR83; + goto FAILED; + } + } + } + + /* A hyphen followed by a POSIX class is treated in the same way. */ + + else if (d == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && + (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || + ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && + check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr)) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR83; + goto FAILED; + } + } + + /* Check that the two values are in the correct order. Optimize + one-character ranges. */ + + if (d < c) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR8; + goto FAILED; + } + if (d == c) goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER; /* A few lines below */ + + /* We have found a character range, so single character optimizations + cannot be done anymore. Any value greater than 1 indicates that there + is more than one character. */ + + class_one_char = 2; + + /* Remember an explicit \r or \n, and add the range to the class. */ + + if (d == CHAR_CR || d == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; + + class_has_8bitchar += + add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, c, d); + + continue; /* Go get the next char in the class */ + } + + /* Handle a single character - we can get here for a normal non-escape + char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an apparent + range that isn't. Only the value 1 matters for class_one_char, so don't + increase it if it is already 2 or more ... just in case there's a class + with a zillion characters in it. */ + + CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER: + if (class_one_char < 2) class_one_char++; + + /* If class_one_char is 1, we have the first single character in the + class, and there have been no prior ranges, or XCLASS items generated by + escapes. If this is the final character in the class, we can optimize by + turning the item into a 1-character OP_CHAR[I] if it's positive, or + OP_NOT[I] if it's negative. In the positive case, it can cause firstchar + to be set. Otherwise, there can be no first char if this item is first, + whatever repeat count may follow. In the case of reqchar, save the + previous value for reinstating. */ + + if (class_one_char == 1 && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) + { + ptr++; + zeroreqchar = reqchar; + zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; + + if (negate_class) + { +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP + int d; +#endif + if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; + zerofirstchar = firstchar; + zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; + + /* For caseless UTF-8 mode when UCP support is available, check + whether this character has more than one other case. If so, generate + a special OP_NOTPROP item instead of OP_NOTI. */ + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP + if (utf && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && + (d = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0) + { + *code++ = OP_NOTPROP; + *code++ = PT_CLIST; + *code++ = d; + } + else +#endif + /* Char has only one other case, or UCP not available */ + + { + *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_NOTI: OP_NOT; +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 + if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR) + code += PRIV(ord2utf)(c, code); + else +#endif + *code++ = c; + } + + /* We are finished with this character class */ + + goto END_CLASS; + } + + /* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and + then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */ + +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 + if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR) + mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(c, mcbuffer); + else +#endif + { + mcbuffer[0] = c; + mclength = 1; + } + goto ONE_CHAR; + } /* End of 1-char optimization */ + + /* There is more than one character in the class, or an XCLASS item + has been generated. Add this character to the class. */ + + class_has_8bitchar += + add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, c, c); + } + + /* Loop until ']' reached. This "while" is the end of the "do" far above. + If we are at the end of an internal nested string, revert to the outer + string. */ + + while (((c = *(++ptr)) != CHAR_NULL || + (nestptr != NULL && + (ptr = nestptr, nestptr = NULL, c = *(++ptr)) != CHAR_NULL)) && + (c != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET || inescq)); + + /* Check for missing terminating ']' */ + + if (c == CHAR_NULL) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR6; + goto FAILED; + } + + /* We will need an XCLASS if data has been placed in class_uchardata. In + the second phase this is a sufficient test. However, in the pre-compile + phase, class_uchardata gets emptied to prevent workspace overflow, so it + only if the very last character in the class needs XCLASS will it contain + anything at this point. For this reason, xclass gets set TRUE above when + uchar_classdata is emptied, and that's why this code is the way it is here + instead of just doing a test on class_uchardata below. */ + +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + if (class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base) xclass = TRUE; +#endif + + /* If this is the first thing in the branch, there can be no first char + setting, whatever the repeat count. Any reqchar setting must remain + unchanged after any kind of repeat. */ + + if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; + zerofirstchar = firstchar; + zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; + zeroreqchar = reqchar; + zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; + + /* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an + extended class, with its own opcode, unless there was a negated special + such as \S in the class, and PCRE_UCP is not set, because in that case all + characters > 255 are in the class, so any that were explicitly given as + well can be ignored. If (when there are explicit characters > 255 that must + be listed) there are no characters < 256, we can omit the bitmap in the + actual compiled code. */ + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF + if (xclass && (!should_flip_negation || (options & PCRE_UCP) != 0)) +#elif !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + if (xclass && !should_flip_negation) +#endif +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + { + *class_uchardata++ = XCL_END; /* Marks the end of extra data */ + *code++ = OP_XCLASS; + code += LINK_SIZE; + *code = negate_class? XCL_NOT:0; + if (xclass_has_prop) *code |= XCL_HASPROP; + + /* If the map is required, move up the extra data to make room for it; + otherwise just move the code pointer to the end of the extra data. */ + + if (class_has_8bitchar > 0) + { + *code++ |= XCL_MAP; + memmove(code + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)), code, + IN_UCHARS(class_uchardata - code)); + if (negate_class && !xclass_has_prop) + for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] = ~classbits[c]; + memcpy(code, classbits, 32); + code = class_uchardata + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)); + } + else code = class_uchardata; + + /* Now fill in the complete length of the item */ + + PUT(previous, 1, (int)(code - previous)); + break; /* End of class handling */ + } +#endif + + /* If there are no characters > 255, or they are all to be included or + excluded, set the opcode to OP_CLASS or OP_NCLASS, depending on whether the + whole class was negated and whether there were negative specials such as \S + (non-UCP) in the class. Then copy the 32-byte map into the code vector, + negating it if necessary. */ + + *code++ = (negate_class == should_flip_negation) ? OP_CLASS : OP_NCLASS; + if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Save time in the pre-compile phase */ + { + if (negate_class) + for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] = ~classbits[c]; + memcpy(code, classbits, 32); + } + code += 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); + + END_CLASS: + break; + + + /* ===================================================================*/ + /* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this + has been tested above. */ + + case CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET: + if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR; + ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr); + if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; + goto REPEAT; + + case CHAR_ASTERISK: + repeat_min = 0; + repeat_max = -1; + goto REPEAT; + + case CHAR_PLUS: + repeat_min = 1; + repeat_max = -1; + goto REPEAT; + + case CHAR_QUESTION_MARK: + repeat_min = 0; + repeat_max = 1; + + REPEAT: + if (previous == NULL) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR9; + goto FAILED; + } + + if (repeat_min == 0) + { + firstchar = zerofirstchar; /* Adjust for zero repeat */ + firstcharflags = zerofirstcharflags; + reqchar = zeroreqchar; /* Ditto */ + reqcharflags = zeroreqcharflags; + } + + /* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */ + + reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY; + + op_type = 0; /* Default single-char op codes */ + possessive_quantifier = FALSE; /* Default not possessive quantifier */ + + /* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up in order to + insert something before it. */ + + tempcode = previous; + + /* Before checking for a possessive quantifier, we must skip over + whitespace and comments in extended mode because Perl allows white space at + this point. */ + + if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) + { + const pcre_uchar *p = ptr + 1; + for (;;) + { + while (MAX_255(*p) && (cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_space) != 0) p++; + if (*p != CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) break; + p++; + while (*p != CHAR_NULL) + { + if (IS_NEWLINE(p)) /* For non-fixed-length newline cases, */ + { /* IS_NEWLINE sets cd->nllen. */ + p += cd->nllen; + break; + } + p++; +#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF + if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(p); +#endif + } /* Loop for comment characters */ + } /* Loop for multiple comments */ + ptr = p - 1; /* Character before the next significant one. */ + } + + /* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This + implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option. + If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default, + but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the + repeat type to the non-default. */ + + if (ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS) + { + repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */ + possessive_quantifier = TRUE; + ptr++; + } + else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) + { + repeat_type = greedy_non_default; + ptr++; + } + else repeat_type = greedy_default; + + /* If previous was a recursion call, wrap it in atomic brackets so that + previous becomes the atomic group. All recursions were so wrapped in the + past, but it no longer happens for non-repeated recursions. In fact, the + repeated ones could be re-implemented independently so as not to need this, + but for the moment we rely on the code for repeating groups. */ + + if (*previous == OP_RECURSE) + { + memmove(previous + 1 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(1 + LINK_SIZE)); + *previous = OP_ONCE; + PUT(previous, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE); + previous[2 + 2*LINK_SIZE] = OP_KET; + PUT(previous, 3 + 2*LINK_SIZE, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE); + code += 2 + 2 * LINK_SIZE; + length_prevgroup = 3 + 3*LINK_SIZE; + + /* When actually compiling, we need to check whether this was a forward + reference, and if so, adjust the offset. */ + + if (lengthptr == NULL && cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + LINK_SIZE) + { + int offset = GET(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE); + if (offset == previous + 1 - cd->start_code) + PUT(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE, offset + 1 + LINK_SIZE); + } + } + + /* Now handle repetition for the different types of item. */ + + /* If previous was a character or negated character match, abolish the item + and generate a repeat item instead. If a char item has a minimum of more + than one, ensure that it is set in reqchar - it might not be if a sequence + such as x{3} is the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone + into firstchar instead. */ + + if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARI + || *previous == OP_NOT || *previous == OP_NOTI) + { + switch (*previous) + { + default: /* Make compiler happy. */ + case OP_CHAR: op_type = OP_STAR - OP_STAR; break; + case OP_CHARI: op_type = OP_STARI - OP_STAR; break; + case OP_NOT: op_type = OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR; break; + case OP_NOTI: op_type = OP_NOTSTARI - OP_STAR; break; + } + + /* Deal with UTF characters that take up more than one character. It's + easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to + hold the length of the character in bytes, plus UTF_LENGTH to flag that + it's a length rather than a small character. */ + +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 + if (utf && NOT_FIRSTCHAR(code[-1])) + { + pcre_uchar *lastchar = code - 1; + BACKCHAR(lastchar); + c = (int)(code - lastchar); /* Length of UTF-8 character */ + memcpy(utf_chars, lastchar, IN_UCHARS(c)); /* Save the char */ + c |= UTF_LENGTH; /* Flag c as a length */ + } + else +#endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ + + /* Handle the case of a single charater - either with no UTF support, or + with UTF disabled, or for a single character UTF character. */ + { + c = code[-1]; + if (*previous <= OP_CHARI && repeat_min > 1) + { + reqchar = c; + reqcharflags = req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt; + } + } + + goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT; /* Code shared with single character types */ + } + + /* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and + create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character + repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note + the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is + defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just + makes it horribly messy. */ + + else if (*previous < OP_EODN) + { + pcre_uchar *oldcode; + int prop_type, prop_value; + op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR; /* Use type opcodes */ + c = *previous; + + OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT: + if (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP) + { + prop_type = previous[1]; + prop_value = previous[2]; + } + else prop_type = prop_value = -1; + + oldcode = code; + code = previous; /* Usually overwrite previous item */ + + /* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows + this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */ + + if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT; + + /* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */ + + repeat_type += op_type; + + /* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as + an UPTO, with the maximum given. */ + + if (repeat_min == 0) + { + if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type; + else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type; + else + { + *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; + PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); + } + } + + /* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the + maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item is + left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with + one less than the maximum. */ + + else if (repeat_min == 1) + { + if (repeat_max == -1) + *code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type; + else + { + code = oldcode; /* leave previous item in place */ + if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT; + *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; + PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1); + } + } + + /* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is + handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */ + + else + { + *code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type; /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */ + PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min); + + /* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so, + we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated + Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that define the + required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in + c, with the UTF_LENGTH bit as a flag. */ + + if (repeat_max < 0) + { +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 + if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0) + { + memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7)); + code += c & 7; + } + else +#endif + { + *code++ = c; + if (prop_type >= 0) + { + *code++ = prop_type; + *code++ = prop_value; + } + } + *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type; + } + + /* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again + preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. If the + UPTO is just for 1 instance, we can use QUERY instead. */ + + else if (repeat_max != repeat_min) + { +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 + if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0) + { + memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7)); + code += c & 7; + } + else +#endif + *code++ = c; + if (prop_type >= 0) + { + *code++ = prop_type; + *code++ = prop_value; + } + repeat_max -= repeat_min; + + if (repeat_max == 1) + { + *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type; + } + else + { + *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; + PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); + } + } + } + + /* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */ + +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 + if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0) + { + memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7)); + code += c & 7; + } + else +#endif + *code++ = c; + + /* For a repeated Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that + define the required property. */ + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP + if (prop_type >= 0) + { + *code++ = prop_type; + *code++ = prop_value; + } +#endif + } + + /* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat + stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */ + + else if (*previous == OP_CLASS || *previous == OP_NCLASS || +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + *previous == OP_XCLASS || +#endif + *previous == OP_REF || *previous == OP_REFI || + *previous == OP_DNREF || *previous == OP_DNREFI) + { + if (repeat_max == 0) + { + code = previous; + goto END_REPEAT; + } + + if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1) + *code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type; + else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1) + *code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type; + else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1) + *code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type; + else + { + *code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type; + PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min); + if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0; /* 2-byte encoding for max */ + PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); + } + } + + /* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain + cases. Note that at this point we can encounter only the "basic" bracket + opcodes such as BRA and CBRA, as this is the place where they get converted + into the more special varieties such as BRAPOS and SBRA. A test for >= + OP_ASSERT and <= OP_COND includes ASSERT, ASSERT_NOT, ASSERTBACK, + ASSERTBACK_NOT, ONCE, ONCE_NC, BRA, BRAPOS, CBRA, CBRAPOS, and COND. + Originally, PCRE did not allow repetition of assertions, but now it does, + for Perl compatibility. */ + + else if (*previous >= OP_ASSERT && *previous <= OP_COND) + { + register int i; + int len = (int)(code - previous); + pcre_uchar *bralink = NULL; + pcre_uchar *brazeroptr = NULL; + + /* Repeating a DEFINE group is pointless, but Perl allows the syntax, so + we just ignore the repeat. */ + + if (*previous == OP_COND && previous[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF) + goto END_REPEAT; + + /* There is no sense in actually repeating assertions. The only potential + use of repetition is in cases when the assertion is optional. Therefore, + if the minimum is greater than zero, just ignore the repeat. If the + maximum is not zero or one, set it to 1. */ + + if (*previous < OP_ONCE) /* Assertion */ + { + if (repeat_min > 0) goto END_REPEAT; + if (repeat_max < 0 || repeat_max > 1) repeat_max = 1; + } + + /* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick + OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the + data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For + this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise + the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the + minimum is zero. */ + + if (repeat_min == 0) + { + /* If the maximum is also zero, we used to just omit the group from the + output altogether, like this: + + ** if (repeat_max == 0) + ** { + ** code = previous; + ** goto END_REPEAT; + ** } + + However, that fails when a group or a subgroup within it is referenced + as a subroutine from elsewhere in the pattern, so now we stick in + OP_SKIPZERO in front of it so that it is skipped on execution. As we + don't have a list of which groups are referenced, we cannot do this + selectively. + + If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the BRAZERO + and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust any + OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or any + internal or forward referenced group, because the offset is from the + start of the whole regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while doing + this. */ + + if (repeat_max <= 1) /* Covers 0, 1, and unlimited */ + { + *code = OP_END; + adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf, cd, save_hwm); + memmove(previous + 1, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); + code++; + if (repeat_max == 0) + { + *previous++ = OP_SKIPZERO; + goto END_REPEAT; + } + brazeroptr = previous; /* Save for possessive optimizing */ + *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; + } + + /* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate + in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets. + The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original + copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code + that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to + adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once + again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */ + + else + { + int offset; + *code = OP_END; + adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm); + memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); + code += 2 + LINK_SIZE; + *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; + *previous++ = OP_BRA; + + /* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be + filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */ + + offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(previous - bralink); + bralink = previous; + PUTINC(previous, 0, offset); + } + + repeat_max--; + } + + /* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many + times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent + copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't + set a required char, copy the latter from the former. If there are any + forward reference subroutine calls in the group, there will be entries on + the workspace list; replicate these with an appropriate increment. */ + + else + { + if (repeat_min > 1) + { + /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We + just adjust the length as if we had. Do some paranoid checks for + potential integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is a 64-bit + integer type when available, otherwise double. */ + + if (lengthptr != NULL) + { + int delta = (repeat_min - 1)*length_prevgroup; + if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(repeat_min - 1)* + (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)length_prevgroup > + (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX || + OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR20; + goto FAILED; + } + *lengthptr += delta; + } + + /* This is compiling for real. If there is a set first byte for + the group, and we have not yet set a "required byte", set it. Make + sure there is enough workspace for copying forward references before + doing the copy. */ + + else + { + if (groupsetfirstchar && reqcharflags < 0) + { + reqchar = firstchar; + reqcharflags = firstcharflags; + } + + for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++) + { + pcre_uchar *hc; + pcre_uchar *this_hwm = cd->hwm; + memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); + + while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - + WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - (this_hwm - save_hwm)) + { + int save_offset = save_hwm - cd->start_workspace; + int this_offset = this_hwm - cd->start_workspace; + *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); + if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; + save_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_offset; + this_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_offset; + } + + for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE) + { + PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len); + cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE; + } + save_hwm = this_hwm; + code += len; + } + } + } + + if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min; + } + + /* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If + the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion, + remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum, + the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies + the number of additional copies needed. Again, we must remember to + replicate entries on the forward reference list. */ + + if (repeat_max >= 0) + { + /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We + just adjust the length as if we had. For each repetition we must add 1 + to the length for BRAZERO and for all but the last repetition we must + add 2 + 2*LINKSIZE to allow for the nesting that occurs. Do some + paranoid checks to avoid integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is + a 64-bit integer type when available, otherwise double. */ + + if (lengthptr != NULL && repeat_max > 0) + { + int delta = repeat_max * (length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) - + 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE; /* Last one doesn't nest */ + if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)repeat_max * + (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) + > (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX || + OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR20; + goto FAILED; + } + *lengthptr += delta; + } + + /* This is compiling for real */ + + else for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--) + { + pcre_uchar *hc; + pcre_uchar *this_hwm = cd->hwm; + + *code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; + + /* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the + chain of brackets outstanding. */ + + if (i != 0) + { + int offset; + *code++ = OP_BRA; + offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(code - bralink); + bralink = code; + PUTINC(code, 0, offset); + } + + memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); + + /* Ensure there is enough workspace for forward references before + copying them. */ + + while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - + WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - (this_hwm - save_hwm)) + { + int save_offset = save_hwm - cd->start_workspace; + int this_offset = this_hwm - cd->start_workspace; + *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); + if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; + save_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_offset; + this_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_offset; + } + + for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE) + { + PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len + ((i != 0)? 2+LINK_SIZE : 1)); + cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE; + } + save_hwm = this_hwm; + code += len; + } + + /* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length + fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */ + + while (bralink != NULL) + { + int oldlinkoffset; + int offset = (int)(code - bralink + 1); + pcre_uchar *bra = code - offset; + oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1); + bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset; + *code++ = OP_KET; + PUTINC(code, 0, offset); + PUT(bra, 1, offset); + } + } + + /* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. For + ONCE brackets, that's all we need to do. However, possessively repeated + ONCE brackets can be converted into non-capturing brackets, as the + behaviour of (?:xx)++ is the same as (?>xx)++ and this saves having to + deal with possessive ONCEs specially. + + Otherwise, when we are doing the actual compile phase, check to see + whether this group is one that could match an empty string. If so, + convert the initial operator to the S form (e.g. OP_BRA -> OP_SBRA) so + that runtime checking can be done. [This check is also applied to ONCE + groups at runtime, but in a different way.] + + Then, if the quantifier was possessive and the bracket is not a + conditional, we convert the BRA code to the POS form, and the KET code to + KETRPOS. (It turns out to be convenient at runtime to detect this kind of + subpattern at both the start and at the end.) The use of special opcodes + makes it possible to reduce greatly the stack usage in pcre_exec(). If + the group is preceded by OP_BRAZERO, convert this to OP_BRAPOSZERO. + + Then, if the minimum number of matches is 1 or 0, cancel the possessive + flag so that the default action below, of wrapping everything inside + atomic brackets, does not happen. When the minimum is greater than 1, + there will be earlier copies of the group, and so we still have to wrap + the whole thing. */ + + else + { + pcre_uchar *ketcode = code - 1 - LINK_SIZE; + pcre_uchar *bracode = ketcode - GET(ketcode, 1); + + /* Convert possessive ONCE brackets to non-capturing */ + + if ((*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) && + possessive_quantifier) *bracode = OP_BRA; + + /* For non-possessive ONCE brackets, all we need to do is to + set the KET. */ + + if (*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) + *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type; + + /* Handle non-ONCE brackets and possessive ONCEs (which have been + converted to non-capturing above). */ + + else + { + /* In the compile phase, check for empty string matching. */ + + if (lengthptr == NULL) + { + pcre_uchar *scode = bracode; + do + { + if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, ketcode, utf, cd, NULL)) + { + *bracode += OP_SBRA - OP_BRA; + break; + } + scode += GET(scode, 1); + } + while (*scode == OP_ALT); + } + + /* Handle possessive quantifiers. */ + + if (possessive_quantifier) + { + /* For COND brackets, we wrap the whole thing in a possessively + repeated non-capturing bracket, because we have not invented POS + versions of the COND opcodes. Because we are moving code along, we + must ensure that any pending recursive references are updated. */ + + if (*bracode == OP_COND || *bracode == OP_SCOND) + { + int nlen = (int)(code - bracode); + *code = OP_END; + adjust_recurse(bracode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm); + memmove(bracode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, bracode, IN_UCHARS(nlen)); + code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + nlen += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + *bracode = OP_BRAPOS; + *code++ = OP_KETRPOS; + PUTINC(code, 0, nlen); + PUT(bracode, 1, nlen); + } + + /* For non-COND brackets, we modify the BRA code and use KETRPOS. */ + + else + { + *bracode += 1; /* Switch to xxxPOS opcodes */ + *ketcode = OP_KETRPOS; + } + + /* If the minimum is zero, mark it as possessive, then unset the + possessive flag when the minimum is 0 or 1. */ + + if (brazeroptr != NULL) *brazeroptr = OP_BRAPOSZERO; + if (repeat_min < 2) possessive_quantifier = FALSE; + } + + /* Non-possessive quantifier */ + + else *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type; + } + } + } + + /* If previous is OP_FAIL, it was generated by an empty class [] in + JavaScript mode. The other ways in which OP_FAIL can be generated, that is + by (*FAIL) or (?!) set previous to NULL, which gives a "nothing to repeat" + error above. We can just ignore the repeat in JS case. */ + + else if (*previous == OP_FAIL) goto END_REPEAT; + + /* Else there's some kind of shambles */ + + else + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR11; + goto FAILED; + } + + /* If the character following a repeat is '+', possessive_quantifier is + TRUE. For some opcodes, there are special alternative opcodes for this + case. For anything else, we wrap the entire repeated item inside OP_ONCE + brackets. Logically, the '+' notation is just syntactic sugar, taken from + Sun's Java package, but the special opcodes can optimize it. + + Some (but not all) possessively repeated subpatterns have already been + completely handled in the code just above. For them, possessive_quantifier + is always FALSE at this stage. Note that the repeated item starts at + tempcode, not at previous, which might be the first part of a string whose + (former) last char we repeated. */ + + if (possessive_quantifier) + { + int len; + + /* Possessifying an EXACT quantifier has no effect, so we can ignore it. + However, QUERY, STAR, or UPTO may follow (for quantifiers such as {5,6}, + {5,}, or {5,10}). We skip over an EXACT item; if the length of what + remains is greater than zero, there's a further opcode that can be + handled. If not, do nothing, leaving the EXACT alone. */ + + switch(*tempcode) + { + case OP_TYPEEXACT: + tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode] + + ((tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP + || tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)? 2 : 0); + break; + + /* CHAR opcodes are used for exacts whose count is 1. */ + + case OP_CHAR: + case OP_CHARI: + case OP_NOT: + case OP_NOTI: + case OP_EXACT: + case OP_EXACTI: + case OP_NOTEXACT: + case OP_NOTEXACTI: + tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode]; +#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF + if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1])) + tempcode += GET_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1]); +#endif + break; + + /* For the class opcodes, the repeat operator appears at the end; + adjust tempcode to point to it. */ + + case OP_CLASS: + case OP_NCLASS: + tempcode += 1 + 32/sizeof(pcre_uchar); + break; + +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + case OP_XCLASS: + tempcode += GET(tempcode, 1); + break; +#endif + } + + /* If tempcode is equal to code (which points to the end of the repeated + item), it means we have skipped an EXACT item but there is no following + QUERY, STAR, or UPTO; the value of len will be 0, and we do nothing. In + all other cases, tempcode will be pointing to the repeat opcode, and will + be less than code, so the value of len will be greater than 0. */ + + len = (int)(code - tempcode); + if (len > 0) + { + unsigned int repcode = *tempcode; + + /* There is a table for possessifying opcodes, all of which are less + than OP_CALLOUT. A zero entry means there is no possessified version. + */ + + if (repcode < OP_CALLOUT && opcode_possessify[repcode] > 0) + *tempcode = opcode_possessify[repcode]; + + /* For opcode without a special possessified version, wrap the item in + ONCE brackets. Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any + pending recursive references are updated. */ + + else + { + *code = OP_END; + adjust_recurse(tempcode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm); + memmove(tempcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, tempcode, IN_UCHARS(len)); + code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + len += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE; + *code++ = OP_KET; + PUTINC(code, 0, len); + PUT(tempcode, 1, len); + } + } + +#ifdef NEVER + if (len > 0) switch (*tempcode) + { + case OP_STAR: *tempcode = OP_POSSTAR; break; + case OP_PLUS: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUS; break; + case OP_QUERY: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERY; break; + case OP_UPTO: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTO; break; + + case OP_STARI: *tempcode = OP_POSSTARI; break; + case OP_PLUSI: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUSI; break; + case OP_QUERYI: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERYI; break; + case OP_UPTOI: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTOI; break; + + case OP_NOTSTAR: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTAR; break; + case OP_NOTPLUS: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUS; break; + case OP_NOTQUERY: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERY; break; + case OP_NOTUPTO: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTO; break; + + case OP_NOTSTARI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTARI; break; + case OP_NOTPLUSI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUSI; break; + case OP_NOTQUERYI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERYI; break; + case OP_NOTUPTOI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTOI; break; + + case OP_TYPESTAR: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSSTAR; break; + case OP_TYPEPLUS: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSPLUS; break; + case OP_TYPEQUERY: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSQUERY; break; + case OP_TYPEUPTO: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSUPTO; break; + + case OP_CRSTAR: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSSTAR; break; + case OP_CRPLUS: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSPLUS; break; + case OP_CRQUERY: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSQUERY; break; + case OP_CRRANGE: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSRANGE; break; + + /* Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any + pending recursive references are updated. */ + + default: + *code = OP_END; + adjust_recurse(tempcode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm); + memmove(tempcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, tempcode, IN_UCHARS(len)); + code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + len += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE; + *code++ = OP_KET; + PUTINC(code, 0, len); + PUT(tempcode, 1, len); + break; + } +#endif + } + + /* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the + "follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqchars if + it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */ + + END_REPEAT: + previous = NULL; + cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary; + break; + + + /* ===================================================================*/ + /* Start of nested parenthesized sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or + lookbehind or option setting or condition or all the other extended + parenthesis forms. */ + + case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS: + newoptions = options; + skipbytes = 0; + bravalue = OP_CBRA; + save_hwm = cd->hwm; + reset_bracount = FALSE; + + /* First deal with various "verbs" that can be introduced by '*'. */ + + ptr++; + if (ptr[0] == CHAR_ASTERISK && (ptr[1] == ':' + || (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_letter) != 0)))) + { + int i, namelen; + int arglen = 0; + const char *vn = verbnames; + const pcre_uchar *name = ptr + 1; + const pcre_uchar *arg = NULL; + previous = NULL; + ptr++; + while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0) ptr++; + namelen = (int)(ptr - name); + + /* It appears that Perl allows any characters whatsoever, other than + a closing parenthesis, to appear in arguments, so we no longer insist on + letters, digits, and underscores. */ + + if (*ptr == CHAR_COLON) + { + arg = ++ptr; + while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; + arglen = (int)(ptr - arg); + if ((unsigned int)arglen > MAX_MARK) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR75; + goto FAILED; + } + } + + if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR60; + goto FAILED; + } + + /* Scan the table of verb names */ + + for (i = 0; i < verbcount; i++) + { + if (namelen == verbs[i].len && + STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, vn, namelen) == 0) + { + int setverb; + + /* Check for open captures before ACCEPT and convert it to + ASSERT_ACCEPT if in an assertion. */ + + if (verbs[i].op == OP_ACCEPT) + { + open_capitem *oc; + if (arglen != 0) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR59; + goto FAILED; + } + cd->had_accept = TRUE; + for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next) + { + *code++ = OP_CLOSE; + PUT2INC(code, 0, oc->number); + } + setverb = *code++ = + (cd->assert_depth > 0)? OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT : OP_ACCEPT; + + /* Do not set firstchar after *ACCEPT */ + if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; + } + + /* Handle other cases with/without an argument */ + + else if (arglen == 0) + { + if (verbs[i].op < 0) /* Argument is mandatory */ + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR66; + goto FAILED; + } + setverb = *code++ = verbs[i].op; + } + + else + { + if (verbs[i].op_arg < 0) /* Argument is forbidden */ + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR59; + goto FAILED; + } + setverb = *code++ = verbs[i].op_arg; + *code++ = arglen; + memcpy(code, arg, IN_UCHARS(arglen)); + code += arglen; + *code++ = 0; + } + + switch (setverb) + { + case OP_THEN: + case OP_THEN_ARG: + cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASTHEN; + break; + + case OP_PRUNE: + case OP_PRUNE_ARG: + case OP_SKIP: + case OP_SKIP_ARG: + cd->had_pruneorskip = TRUE; + break; + } + + break; /* Found verb, exit loop */ + } + + vn += verbs[i].len + 1; + } + + if (i < verbcount) continue; /* Successfully handled a verb */ + *errorcodeptr = ERR60; /* Verb not recognized */ + goto FAILED; + } + + /* Deal with the extended parentheses; all are introduced by '?', and the + appearance of any of them means that this is not a capturing group. */ + + else if (*ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) + { + int i, set, unset, namelen; + int *optset; + const pcre_uchar *name; + pcre_uchar *slot; + + switch (*(++ptr)) + { + case CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN: /* Comment; skip to ket */ + ptr++; + while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; + if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR18; + goto FAILED; + } + continue; + + + /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ + case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* Reset capture count for each branch */ + reset_bracount = TRUE; + /* Fall through */ + + /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ + case CHAR_COLON: /* Non-capturing bracket */ + bravalue = OP_BRA; + ptr++; + break; + + + /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ + case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS: + bravalue = OP_COND; /* Conditional group */ + tempptr = ptr; + + /* A condition can be an assertion, a number (referring to a numbered + group's having been set), a name (referring to a named group), or 'R', + referring to recursion. R<digits> and R&name are also permitted for + recursion tests. + + There are ways of testing a named group: (?(name)) is used by Python; + Perl 5.10 onwards uses (?(<name>) or (?('name')). + + There is one unfortunate ambiguity, caused by history. 'R' can be the + recursive thing or the name 'R' (and similarly for 'R' followed by + digits). We look for a name first; if not found, we try the other case. + + For compatibility with auto-callouts, we allow a callout to be + specified before a condition that is an assertion. First, check for the + syntax of a callout; if found, adjust the temporary pointer that is + used to check for an assertion condition. That's all that is needed! */ + + if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && ptr[2] == CHAR_C) + { + for (i = 3;; i++) if (!IS_DIGIT(ptr[i])) break; + if (ptr[i] == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) + tempptr += i + 1; + } + + /* For conditions that are assertions, check the syntax, and then exit + the switch. This will take control down to where bracketed groups, + including assertions, are processed. */ + + if (tempptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && + (tempptr[2] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN || + tempptr[2] == CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK || + tempptr[2] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)) + break; + + /* Other conditions use OP_CREF/OP_DNCREF/OP_RREF/OP_DNRREF, and all + need to skip at least 1+IMM2_SIZE bytes at the start of the group. */ + + code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF; + skipbytes = 1+IMM2_SIZE; + refsign = -1; /* => not a number */ + namelen = -1; /* => not a name; must set to avoid warning */ + name = NULL; /* Always set to avoid warning */ + recno = 0; /* Always set to avoid warning */ + + /* Check for a test for recursion in a named group. */ + + ptr++; + if (*ptr == CHAR_R && ptr[1] == CHAR_AMPERSAND) + { + terminator = -1; + ptr += 2; + code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change the type of test */ + } + + /* Check for a test for a named group's having been set, using the Perl + syntax (?(<name>) or (?('name'), and also allow for the original PCRE + syntax of (?(name) or for (?(+n), (?(-n), and just (?(n). */ + + else if (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) + { + terminator = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN; + ptr++; + } + else if (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE) + { + terminator = CHAR_APOSTROPHE; + ptr++; + } + else + { + terminator = CHAR_NULL; + if (*ptr == CHAR_MINUS || *ptr == CHAR_PLUS) refsign = *ptr++; + else if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) refsign = 0; + } + + /* Handle a number */ + + if (refsign >= 0) + { + while (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) + { + recno = recno * 10 + (int)(*ptr - CHAR_0); + ptr++; + } + } + + /* Otherwise we expect to read a name; anything else is an error. When + a name is one of a number of duplicates, a different opcode is used and + it needs more memory. Unfortunately we cannot tell whether a name is a + duplicate in the first pass, so we have to allow for more memory. */ + + else + { + if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR84; + goto FAILED; + } + if (!MAX_255(*ptr) || (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) == 0) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR28; /* Assertion expected */ + goto FAILED; + } + name = ptr++; + while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) + { + ptr++; + } + namelen = (int)(ptr - name); + if (lengthptr != NULL) *lengthptr += IMM2_SIZE; + } + + /* Check the terminator */ + + if ((terminator > 0 && *ptr++ != (pcre_uchar)terminator) || + *ptr++ != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) + { + ptr--; /* Error offset */ + *errorcodeptr = ERR26; /* Malformed number or name */ + goto FAILED; + } + + /* Do no further checking in the pre-compile phase. */ + + if (lengthptr != NULL) break; + + /* In the real compile we do the work of looking for the actual + reference. If refsign is not negative, it means we have a number in + recno. */ + + if (refsign >= 0) + { + if (recno <= 0) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR35; + goto FAILED; + } + if (refsign != 0) recno = (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)? + cd->bracount - recno + 1 : recno + cd->bracount; + if (recno <= 0 || recno > cd->final_bracount) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR15; + goto FAILED; + } + PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); + break; + } + + /* Otherwise look for the name. */ + + slot = cd->name_table; + for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) + { + if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) == 0) break; + slot += cd->name_entry_size; + } + + /* Found the named subpattern. If the name is duplicated, add one to + the opcode to change CREF/RREF into DNCREF/DNRREF and insert + appropriate data values. Otherwise, just insert the unique subpattern + number. */ + + if (i < cd->names_found) + { + int offset = i++; + int count = 1; + recno = GET2(slot, 0); /* Number from first found */ + for (; i < cd->names_found; i++) + { + slot += cd->name_entry_size; + if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) != 0) break; + count++; + } + if (count > 1) + { + PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, offset); + PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE+IMM2_SIZE, count); + skipbytes += IMM2_SIZE; + code[1+LINK_SIZE]++; + } + else /* Not a duplicated name */ + { + PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); + } + } + + /* If terminator == CHAR_NULL it means that the name followed directly + after the opening parenthesis [e.g. (?(abc)...] and in this case there + are some further alternatives to try. For the cases where terminator != + CHAR_NULL [things like (?(<name>... or (?('name')... or (?(R&name)... ] + we have now checked all the possibilities, so give an error. */ + + else if (terminator != CHAR_NULL) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR15; + goto FAILED; + } + + /* Check for (?(R) for recursion. Allow digits after R to specify a + specific group number. */ + + else if (*name == CHAR_R) + { + recno = 0; + for (i = 1; i < namelen; i++) + { + if (!IS_DIGIT(name[i])) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR15; + goto FAILED; + } + recno = recno * 10 + name[i] - CHAR_0; + } + if (recno == 0) recno = RREF_ANY; + code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change test type */ + PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); + } + + /* Similarly, check for the (?(DEFINE) "condition", which is always + false. */ + + else if (namelen == 6 && STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, STRING_DEFINE, 6) == 0) + { + code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_DEF; + skipbytes = 1; + } + + /* Reference to an unidentified subpattern. */ + + else + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR15; + goto FAILED; + } + break; + + + /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ + case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN: /* Positive lookahead */ + bravalue = OP_ASSERT; + cd->assert_depth += 1; + ptr++; + break; + + /* Optimize (?!) to (*FAIL) unless it is quantified - which is a weird + thing to do, but Perl allows all assertions to be quantified, and when + they contain capturing parentheses there may be a potential use for + this feature. Not that that applies to a quantified (?!) but we allow + it for uniformity. */ + + /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ + case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK: /* Negative lookahead */ + ptr++; + if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && ptr[1] != CHAR_ASTERISK && + ptr[1] != CHAR_PLUS && ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && + (ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET || !is_counted_repeat(ptr+2))) + { + *code++ = OP_FAIL; + previous = NULL; + continue; + } + bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT; + cd->assert_depth += 1; + break; + + + /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ + case CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN: /* Lookbehind or named define */ + switch (ptr[1]) + { + case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN: /* Positive lookbehind */ + bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK; + cd->assert_depth += 1; + ptr += 2; + break; + + case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK: /* Negative lookbehind */ + bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT; + cd->assert_depth += 1; + ptr += 2; + break; + + default: /* Could be name define, else bad */ + if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) != 0) + goto DEFINE_NAME; + ptr++; /* Correct offset for error */ + *errorcodeptr = ERR24; + goto FAILED; + } + break; + + + /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ + case CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN: /* One-time brackets */ + bravalue = OP_ONCE; + ptr++; + break; + + + /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ + case CHAR_C: /* Callout - may be followed by digits; */ + previous_callout = code; /* Save for later completion */ + after_manual_callout = 1; /* Skip one item before completing */ + *code++ = OP_CALLOUT; + { + int n = 0; + ptr++; + while(IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) + n = n * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0; + if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR39; + goto FAILED; + } + if (n > 255) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR38; + goto FAILED; + } + *code++ = n; + PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern + 1)); /* Pattern offset */ + PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */ + code += 2 * LINK_SIZE; + } + previous = NULL; + continue; + + + /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ + case CHAR_P: /* Python-style named subpattern handling */ + if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN || + *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN) /* Reference or recursion */ + { + is_recurse = *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN; + terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS; + goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE; + } + else if (*ptr != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) /* Test for Python-style defn */ + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR41; + goto FAILED; + } + /* Fall through to handle (?P< as (?< is handled */ + + + /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ + DEFINE_NAME: /* Come here from (?< handling */ + case CHAR_APOSTROPHE: + terminator = (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)? + CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE; + name = ++ptr; + if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR84; /* Group name must start with non-digit */ + goto FAILED; + } + while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++; + namelen = (int)(ptr - name); + + /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check, remember the longest + name, and then remember the group in a vector, expanding it if + necessary. Duplicates for the same number are skipped; other duplicates + are checked for validity. In the actual compile, there is nothing to + do. */ + + if (lengthptr != NULL) + { + named_group *ng; + pcre_uint32 number = cd->bracount + 1; + + if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR42; + goto FAILED; + } + + if (cd->names_found >= MAX_NAME_COUNT) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR49; + goto FAILED; + } + + if (namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1 > cd->name_entry_size) + { + cd->name_entry_size = namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1; + if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR48; + goto FAILED; + } + } + + /* Scan the list to check for duplicates. For duplicate names, if the + number is the same, break the loop, which causes the name to be + discarded; otherwise, if DUPNAMES is not set, give an error. + If it is set, allow the name with a different number, but continue + scanning in case this is a duplicate with the same number. For + non-duplicate names, give an error if the number is duplicated. */ + + ng = cd->named_groups; + for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++, ng++) + { + if (namelen == ng->length && + STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, ng->name, namelen) == 0) + { + if (ng->number == number) break; + if ((options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR43; + goto FAILED; + } + cd->dupnames = TRUE; /* Duplicate names exist */ + } + else if (ng->number == number) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR65; + goto FAILED; + } + } + + if (i >= cd->names_found) /* Not a duplicate with same number */ + { + /* Increase the list size if necessary */ + + if (cd->names_found >= cd->named_group_list_size) + { + int newsize = cd->named_group_list_size * 2; + named_group *newspace = (PUBL(malloc)) + (newsize * sizeof(named_group)); + + if (newspace == NULL) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR21; + goto FAILED; + } + + memcpy(newspace, cd->named_groups, + cd->named_group_list_size * sizeof(named_group)); + if (cd->named_group_list_size > NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE) + (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->named_groups); + cd->named_groups = newspace; + cd->named_group_list_size = newsize; + } + + cd->named_groups[cd->names_found].name = name; + cd->named_groups[cd->names_found].length = namelen; + cd->named_groups[cd->names_found].number = number; + cd->names_found++; + } + } + + ptr++; /* Move past > or ' in both passes. */ + goto NUMBERED_GROUP; + + + /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ + case CHAR_AMPERSAND: /* Perl recursion/subroutine syntax */ + terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS; + is_recurse = TRUE; + /* Fall through */ + + /* We come here from the Python syntax above that handles both + references (?P=name) and recursion (?P>name), as well as falling + through from the Perl recursion syntax (?&name). We also come here from + the Perl \k<name> or \k'name' back reference syntax and the \k{name} + .NET syntax, and the Oniguruma \g<...> and \g'...' subroutine syntax. */ + + NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE: + name = ++ptr; + if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR84; /* Group name must start with non-digit */ + goto FAILED; + } + while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++; + namelen = (int)(ptr - name); + + /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check. We used to just set + a dummy reference number, because it was not used in the first pass. + However, with the change of recursive back references to be atomic, + we have to look for the number so that this state can be identified, as + otherwise the incorrect length is computed. If it's not a backwards + reference, the dummy number will do. */ + + if (lengthptr != NULL) + { + named_group *ng; + + if (namelen == 0) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR62; + goto FAILED; + } + if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR42; + goto FAILED; + } + if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR48; + goto FAILED; + } + + /* The name table does not exist in the first pass; instead we must + scan the list of names encountered so far in order to get the + number. If the name is not found, set the value to 0 for a forward + reference. */ + + ng = cd->named_groups; + for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++, ng++) + { + if (namelen == ng->length && + STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, ng->name, namelen) == 0) + break; + } + recno = (i < cd->names_found)? ng->number : 0; + + /* Count named back references. */ + + if (!is_recurse) cd->namedrefcount++; + } + + /* In the real compile, search the name table. We check the name + first, and then check that we have reached the end of the name in the + table. That way, if the name is longer than any in the table, the + comparison will fail without reading beyond the table entry. */ + + else + { + slot = cd->name_table; + for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) + { + if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) == 0 && + slot[IMM2_SIZE+namelen] == 0) + break; + slot += cd->name_entry_size; + } + + if (i < cd->names_found) + { + recno = GET2(slot, 0); + } + else + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR15; + goto FAILED; + } + } + + /* In both phases, for recursions, we can now go to the code than + handles numerical recursion. */ + + if (is_recurse) goto HANDLE_RECURSION; + + /* In the second pass we must see if the name is duplicated. If so, we + generate a different opcode. */ + + if (lengthptr == NULL && cd->dupnames) + { + int count = 1; + unsigned int index = i; + pcre_uchar *cslot = slot + cd->name_entry_size; + + for (i++; i < cd->names_found; i++) + { + if (STRCMP_UC_UC(slot + IMM2_SIZE, cslot + IMM2_SIZE) != 0) break; + count++; + cslot += cd->name_entry_size; + } + + if (count > 1) + { + if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; + previous = code; + *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_DNREFI : OP_DNREF; + PUT2INC(code, 0, index); + PUT2INC(code, 0, count); + + /* Process each potentially referenced group. */ + + for (; slot < cslot; slot += cd->name_entry_size) + { + open_capitem *oc; + recno = GET2(slot, 0); + cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1; + if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno; + + /* Check to see if this back reference is recursive, that it, it + is inside the group that it references. A flag is set so that the + group can be made atomic. */ + + for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next) + { + if (oc->number == recno) + { + oc->flag = TRUE; + break; + } + } + } + + continue; /* End of back ref handling */ + } + } + + /* First pass, or a non-duplicated name. */ + + goto HANDLE_REFERENCE; + + + /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ + case CHAR_R: /* Recursion */ + ptr++; /* Same as (?0) */ + /* Fall through */ + + + /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ + case CHAR_MINUS: case CHAR_PLUS: /* Recursion or subroutine */ + case CHAR_0: case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: + case CHAR_5: case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9: + { + const pcre_uchar *called; + terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS; + + /* Come here from the \g<...> and \g'...' code (Oniguruma + compatibility). However, the syntax has been checked to ensure that + the ... are a (signed) number, so that neither ERR63 nor ERR29 will + be called on this path, nor with the jump to OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY + ever be taken. */ + + HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION: + + if ((refsign = *ptr) == CHAR_PLUS) + { + ptr++; + if (!IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR63; + goto FAILED; + } + } + else if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS) + { + if (!IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) + goto OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY; + ptr++; + } + + recno = 0; + while(IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) + recno = recno * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0; + + if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR29; + goto FAILED; + } + + if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS) + { + if (recno == 0) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR58; + goto FAILED; + } + recno = cd->bracount - recno + 1; + if (recno <= 0) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR15; + goto FAILED; + } + } + else if (refsign == CHAR_PLUS) + { + if (recno == 0) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR58; + goto FAILED; + } + recno += cd->bracount; + } + + /* Come here from code above that handles a named recursion */ + + HANDLE_RECURSION: + + previous = code; + called = cd->start_code; + + /* When we are actually compiling, find the bracket that is being + referenced. Temporarily end the regex in case it doesn't exist before + this point. If we end up with a forward reference, first check that + the bracket does occur later so we can give the error (and position) + now. Then remember this forward reference in the workspace so it can + be filled in at the end. */ + + if (lengthptr == NULL) + { + *code = OP_END; + if (recno != 0) + called = PRIV(find_bracket)(cd->start_code, utf, recno); + + /* Forward reference */ + + if (called == NULL) + { + if (recno > cd->final_bracount) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR15; + goto FAILED; + } + + /* Fudge the value of "called" so that when it is inserted as an + offset below, what it actually inserted is the reference number + of the group. Then remember the forward reference. */ + + called = cd->start_code + recno; + if (cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - + WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) + { + *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); + if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; + } + PUTINC(cd->hwm, 0, (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code)); + } + + /* If not a forward reference, and the subpattern is still open, + this is a recursive call. We check to see if this is a left + recursion that could loop for ever, and diagnose that case. We + must not, however, do this check if we are in a conditional + subpattern because the condition might be testing for recursion in + a pattern such as /(?(R)a+|(?R)b)/, which is perfectly valid. + Forever loops are also detected at runtime, so those that occur in + conditional subpatterns will be picked up then. */ + + else if (GET(called, 1) == 0 && cond_depth <= 0 && + could_be_empty(called, code, bcptr, utf, cd)) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR40; + goto FAILED; + } + } + + /* Insert the recursion/subroutine item. It does not have a set first + character (relevant if it is repeated, because it will then be + wrapped with ONCE brackets). */ + + *code = OP_RECURSE; + PUT(code, 1, (int)(called - cd->start_code)); + code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + groupsetfirstchar = FALSE; + } + + /* Can't determine a first byte now */ + + if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; + continue; + + + /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ + default: /* Other characters: check option setting */ + OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY: + set = unset = 0; + optset = &set; + + while (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && *ptr != CHAR_COLON) + { + switch (*ptr++) + { + case CHAR_MINUS: optset = &unset; break; + + case CHAR_J: /* Record that it changed in the external options */ + *optset |= PCRE_DUPNAMES; + cd->external_flags |= PCRE_JCHANGED; + break; + + case CHAR_i: *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS; break; + case CHAR_m: *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break; + case CHAR_s: *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL; break; + case CHAR_x: *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED; break; + case CHAR_U: *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY; break; + case CHAR_X: *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA; break; + + default: *errorcodeptr = ERR12; + ptr--; /* Correct the offset */ + goto FAILED; + } + } + + /* Set up the changed option bits, but don't change anything yet. */ + + newoptions = (options | set) & (~unset); + + /* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested + group with option changes, so the options change at this level. If this + item is right at the start of the pattern, the options can be + abstracted and made external in the pre-compile phase, and ignored in + the compile phase. This can be helpful when matching -- for instance in + caseless checking of required bytes. + + If the code pointer is not (cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), we are + definitely *not* at the start of the pattern because something has been + compiled. In the pre-compile phase, however, the code pointer can have + that value after the start, because it gets reset as code is discarded + during the pre-compile. However, this can happen only at top level - if + we are within parentheses, the starting BRA will still be present. At + any parenthesis level, the length value can be used to test if anything + has been compiled at that level. Thus, a test for both these conditions + is necessary to ensure we correctly detect the start of the pattern in + both phases. + + If we are not at the pattern start, reset the greedy defaults and the + case value for firstchar and reqchar. */ + + if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) + { + if (code == cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE && + (lengthptr == NULL || *lengthptr == 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE)) + { + cd->external_options = newoptions; + } + else + { + greedy_default = ((newoptions & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0); + greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1; + req_caseopt = ((newoptions & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0; + } + + /* Change options at this level, and pass them back for use + in subsequent branches. */ + + *optionsptr = options = newoptions; + previous = NULL; /* This item can't be repeated */ + continue; /* It is complete */ + } + + /* If the options ended with ':' we are heading into a nested group + with possible change of options. Such groups are non-capturing and are + not assertions of any kind. All we need to do is skip over the ':'; + the newoptions value is handled below. */ + + bravalue = OP_BRA; + ptr++; + } /* End of switch for character following (? */ + } /* End of (? handling */ + + /* Opening parenthesis not followed by '*' or '?'. If PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE + is set, all unadorned brackets become non-capturing and behave like (?:...) + brackets. */ + + else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) != 0) + { + bravalue = OP_BRA; + } + + /* Else we have a capturing group. */ + + else + { + NUMBERED_GROUP: + cd->bracount += 1; + PUT2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE, cd->bracount); + skipbytes = IMM2_SIZE; + } + + /* Process nested bracketed regex. First check for parentheses nested too + deeply. */ + + if ((cd->parens_depth += 1) > PARENS_NEST_LIMIT) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR82; + goto FAILED; + } + + /* Assertions used not to be repeatable, but this was changed for Perl + compatibility, so all kinds can now be repeated. We copy code into a + non-register variable (tempcode) in order to be able to pass its address + because some compilers complain otherwise. */ + + previous = code; /* For handling repetition */ + *code = bravalue; + tempcode = code; + tempreqvary = cd->req_varyopt; /* Save value before bracket */ + tempbracount = cd->bracount; /* Save value before bracket */ + length_prevgroup = 0; /* Initialize for pre-compile phase */ + + if (!compile_regex( + newoptions, /* The complete new option state */ + &tempcode, /* Where to put code (updated) */ + &ptr, /* Input pointer (updated) */ + errorcodeptr, /* Where to put an error message */ + (bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK || + bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT), /* TRUE if back assert */ + reset_bracount, /* True if (?| group */ + skipbytes, /* Skip over bracket number */ + cond_depth + + ((bravalue == OP_COND)?1:0), /* Depth of condition subpatterns */ + &subfirstchar, /* For possible first char */ + &subfirstcharflags, + &subreqchar, /* For possible last char */ + &subreqcharflags, + bcptr, /* Current branch chain */ + cd, /* Tables block */ + (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : /* Actual compile phase */ + &length_prevgroup /* Pre-compile phase */ + )) + goto FAILED; + + cd->parens_depth -= 1; + + /* If this was an atomic group and there are no capturing groups within it, + generate OP_ONCE_NC instead of OP_ONCE. */ + + if (bravalue == OP_ONCE && cd->bracount <= tempbracount) + *code = OP_ONCE_NC; + + if (bravalue >= OP_ASSERT && bravalue <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) + cd->assert_depth -= 1; + + /* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the + group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group. + The pattern pointer (ptr) is on the bracket. + + If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than + two branches in the group, or just one if it's a DEFINE group. We do this + in the real compile phase, not in the pre-pass, where the whole group may + not be available. */ + + if (bravalue == OP_COND && lengthptr == NULL) + { + pcre_uchar *tc = code; + int condcount = 0; + + do { + condcount++; + tc += GET(tc,1); + } + while (*tc != OP_KET); + + /* A DEFINE group is never obeyed inline (the "condition" is always + false). It must have only one branch. */ + + if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF) + { + if (condcount > 1) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR54; + goto FAILED; + } + bravalue = OP_DEF; /* Just a flag to suppress char handling below */ + } + + /* A "normal" conditional group. If there is just one branch, we must not + make use of its firstchar or reqchar, because this is equivalent to an + empty second branch. */ + + else + { + if (condcount > 2) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR27; + goto FAILED; + } + if (condcount == 1) subfirstcharflags = subreqcharflags = REQ_NONE; + } + } + + /* Error if hit end of pattern */ + + if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR14; + goto FAILED; + } + + /* In the pre-compile phase, update the length by the length of the group, + less the brackets at either end. Then reduce the compiled code to just a + set of non-capturing brackets so that it doesn't use much memory if it is + duplicated by a quantifier.*/ + + if (lengthptr != NULL) + { + if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR20; + goto FAILED; + } + *lengthptr += length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE; + code++; /* This already contains bravalue */ + PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE); + *code++ = OP_KET; + PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE); + break; /* No need to waste time with special character handling */ + } + + /* Otherwise update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */ + + code = tempcode; + + /* For a DEFINE group, required and first character settings are not + relevant. */ + + if (bravalue == OP_DEF) break; + + /* Handle updating of the required and first characters for other types of + group. Update for normal brackets of all kinds, and conditions with two + branches (see code above). If the bracket is followed by a quantifier with + zero repeat, we have to back off. Hence the definition of zeroreqchar and + zerofirstchar outside the main loop so that they can be accessed for the + back off. */ + + zeroreqchar = reqchar; + zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; + zerofirstchar = firstchar; + zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; + groupsetfirstchar = FALSE; + + if (bravalue >= OP_ONCE) + { + /* If we have not yet set a firstchar in this branch, take it from the + subpattern, remembering that it was set here so that a repeat of more + than one can replicate it as reqchar if necessary. If the subpattern has + no firstchar, set "none" for the whole branch. In both cases, a zero + repeat forces firstchar to "none". */ + + if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) + { + if (subfirstcharflags >= 0) + { + firstchar = subfirstchar; + firstcharflags = subfirstcharflags; + groupsetfirstchar = TRUE; + } + else firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; + zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE; + } + + /* If firstchar was previously set, convert the subpattern's firstchar + into reqchar if there wasn't one, using the vary flag that was in + existence beforehand. */ + + else if (subfirstcharflags >= 0 && subreqcharflags < 0) + { + subreqchar = subfirstchar; + subreqcharflags = subfirstcharflags | tempreqvary; + } + + /* If the subpattern set a required byte (or set a first byte that isn't + really the first byte - see above), set it. */ + + if (subreqcharflags >= 0) + { + reqchar = subreqchar; + reqcharflags = subreqcharflags; + } + } + + /* For a forward assertion, we take the reqchar, if set. This can be + helpful if the pattern that follows the assertion doesn't set a different + char. For example, it's useful for /(?=abcde).+/. We can't set firstchar + for an assertion, however because it leads to incorrect effect for patterns + such as /(?=a)a.+/ when the "real" "a" would then become a reqchar instead + of a firstchar. This is overcome by a scan at the end if there's no + firstchar, looking for an asserted first char. */ + + else if (bravalue == OP_ASSERT && subreqcharflags >= 0) + { + reqchar = subreqchar; + reqcharflags = subreqcharflags; + } + break; /* End of processing '(' */ + + + /* ===================================================================*/ + /* Handle metasequences introduced by \. For ones like \d, the ESC_ values + are arranged to be the negation of the corresponding OP_values in the + default case when PCRE_UCP is not set. For the back references, the values + are negative the reference number. Only back references and those types + that consume a character may be repeated. We can test for values between + ESC_b and ESC_Z for the latter; this may have to change if any new ones are + ever created. */ + + case CHAR_BACKSLASH: + tempptr = ptr; + escape = check_escape(&ptr, &ec, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, FALSE); + if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; + + if (escape == 0) /* The escape coded a single character */ + c = ec; + else + { + if (escape == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */ + { + if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E) + ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */ + else inescq = TRUE; + continue; + } + + if (escape == ESC_E) continue; /* Perl ignores an orphan \E */ + + /* For metasequences that actually match a character, we disable the + setting of a first character if it hasn't already been set. */ + + if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET && escape > ESC_b && escape < ESC_Z) + firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; + + /* Set values to reset to if this is followed by a zero repeat. */ + + zerofirstchar = firstchar; + zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; + zeroreqchar = reqchar; + zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; + + /* \g<name> or \g'name' is a subroutine call by name and \g<n> or \g'n' + is a subroutine call by number (Oniguruma syntax). In fact, the value + ESC_g is returned only for these cases. So we don't need to check for < + or ' if the value is ESC_g. For the Perl syntax \g{n} the value is + -n, and for the Perl syntax \g{name} the result is ESC_k (as + that is a synonym for a named back reference). */ + + if (escape == ESC_g) + { + const pcre_uchar *p; + pcre_uint32 cf; + + save_hwm = cd->hwm; /* Normally this is set when '(' is read */ + terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)? + CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE; + + /* These two statements stop the compiler for warning about possibly + unset variables caused by the jump to HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION. In + fact, because we do the check for a number below, the paths that + would actually be in error are never taken. */ + + skipbytes = 0; + reset_bracount = FALSE; + + /* If it's not a signed or unsigned number, treat it as a name. */ + + cf = ptr[1]; + if (cf != CHAR_PLUS && cf != CHAR_MINUS && !IS_DIGIT(cf)) + { + is_recurse = TRUE; + goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE; + } + + /* Signed or unsigned number (cf = ptr[1]) is known to be plus or minus + or a digit. */ + + p = ptr + 2; + while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++; + if (*p != (pcre_uchar)terminator) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR57; + break; + } + ptr++; + goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION; + } + + /* \k<name> or \k'name' is a back reference by name (Perl syntax). + We also support \k{name} (.NET syntax). */ + + if (escape == ESC_k) + { + if ((ptr[1] != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN && + ptr[1] != CHAR_APOSTROPHE && ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR69; + break; + } + is_recurse = FALSE; + terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)? + CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)? + CHAR_APOSTROPHE : CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; + goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE; + } + + /* Back references are handled specially; must disable firstchar if + not set to cope with cases like (?=(\w+))\1: which would otherwise set + ':' later. */ + + if (escape < 0) + { + open_capitem *oc; + recno = -escape; + + /* Come here from named backref handling when the reference is to a + single group (i.e. not to a duplicated name. */ + + HANDLE_REFERENCE: + if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; + previous = code; + *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_REFI : OP_REF; + PUT2INC(code, 0, recno); + cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1; + if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno; + + /* Check to see if this back reference is recursive, that it, it + is inside the group that it references. A flag is set so that the + group can be made atomic. */ + + for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next) + { + if (oc->number == recno) + { + oc->flag = TRUE; + break; + } + } + } + + /* So are Unicode property matches, if supported. */ + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP + else if (escape == ESC_P || escape == ESC_p) + { + BOOL negated; + unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0; + if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, errorcodeptr)) + goto FAILED; + previous = code; + *code++ = ((escape == ESC_p) != negated)? OP_PROP : OP_NOTPROP; + *code++ = ptype; + *code++ = pdata; + } +#else + + /* If Unicode properties are not supported, \X, \P, and \p are not + allowed. */ + + else if (escape == ESC_X || escape == ESC_P || escape == ESC_p) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR45; + goto FAILED; + } +#endif + + /* For the rest (including \X when Unicode properties are supported), we + can obtain the OP value by negating the escape value in the default + situation when PCRE_UCP is not set. When it *is* set, we substitute + Unicode property tests. Note that \b and \B do a one-character + lookbehind, and \A also behaves as if it does. */ + + else + { + if ((escape == ESC_b || escape == ESC_B || escape == ESC_A) && + cd->max_lookbehind == 0) + cd->max_lookbehind = 1; +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP + if (escape >= ESC_DU && escape <= ESC_wu) + { + nestptr = ptr + 1; /* Where to resume */ + ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU] - 1; /* Just before substitute */ + } + else +#endif + /* In non-UTF-8 mode, we turn \C into OP_ALLANY instead of OP_ANYBYTE + so that it works in DFA mode and in lookbehinds. */ + + { + previous = (escape > ESC_b && escape < ESC_Z)? code : NULL; + *code++ = (!utf && escape == ESC_C)? OP_ALLANY : escape; + } + } + continue; + } + + /* We have a data character whose value is in c. In UTF-8 mode it may have + a value > 127. We set its representation in the length/buffer, and then + handle it as a data character. */ + +#if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 + if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR) + mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(c, mcbuffer); + else +#endif + + { + mcbuffer[0] = c; + mclength = 1; + } + goto ONE_CHAR; + + + /* ===================================================================*/ + /* Handle a literal character. It is guaranteed not to be whitespace or # + when the extended flag is set. If we are in a UTF mode, it may be a + multi-unit literal character. */ + + default: + NORMAL_CHAR: + mclength = 1; + mcbuffer[0] = c; + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF + if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(c)) + ACROSSCHAR(TRUE, ptr[1], mcbuffer[mclength++] = *(++ptr)); +#endif + + /* At this point we have the character's bytes in mcbuffer, and the length + in mclength. When not in UTF-8 mode, the length is always 1. */ + + ONE_CHAR: + previous = code; + + /* For caseless UTF-8 mode when UCP support is available, check whether + this character has more than one other case. If so, generate a special + OP_PROP item instead of OP_CHARI. */ + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP + if (utf && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) + { + GETCHAR(c, mcbuffer); + if ((c = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0) + { + *code++ = OP_PROP; + *code++ = PT_CLIST; + *code++ = c; + if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) + firstcharflags = zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE; + break; + } + } +#endif + + /* Caseful matches, or not one of the multicase characters. */ + + *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_CHARI : OP_CHAR; + for (c = 0; c < mclength; c++) *code++ = mcbuffer[c]; + + /* Remember if \r or \n were seen */ + + if (mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_CR || mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_NL) + cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; + + /* Set the first and required bytes appropriately. If no previous first + byte, set it from this character, but revert to none on a zero repeat. + Otherwise, leave the firstchar value alone, and don't change it on a zero + repeat. */ + + if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) + { + zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE; + zeroreqchar = reqchar; + zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; + + /* If the character is more than one byte long, we can set firstchar + only if it is not to be matched caselessly. */ + + if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0) + { + firstchar = mcbuffer[0] | req_caseopt; + firstchar = mcbuffer[0]; + firstcharflags = req_caseopt; + + if (mclength != 1) + { + reqchar = code[-1]; + reqcharflags = cd->req_varyopt; + } + } + else firstcharflags = reqcharflags = REQ_NONE; + } + + /* firstchar was previously set; we can set reqchar only if the length is + 1 or the matching is caseful. */ + + else + { + zerofirstchar = firstchar; + zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; + zeroreqchar = reqchar; + zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; + if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0) + { + reqchar = code[-1]; + reqcharflags = req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt; + } + } + + break; /* End of literal character handling */ + } + } /* end of big loop */ + + +/* Control never reaches here by falling through, only by a goto for all the +error states. Pass back the position in the pattern so that it can be displayed +to the user for diagnosing the error. */ + +FAILED: +*ptrptr = ptr; +return FALSE; +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Compile sequence of alternatives * +*************************************************/ + +/* On entry, ptr is pointing past the bracket character, but on return it +points to the closing bracket, or vertical bar, or end of string. The code +variable is pointing at the byte into which the BRA operator has been stored. +This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying to find +out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile phase. The +value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases. + +Arguments: + options option bits, including any changes for this subpattern + codeptr -> the address of the current code pointer + ptrptr -> the address of the current pattern pointer + errorcodeptr -> pointer to error code variable + lookbehind TRUE if this is a lookbehind assertion + reset_bracount TRUE to reset the count for each branch + skipbytes skip this many bytes at start (for brackets and OP_COND) + cond_depth depth of nesting for conditional subpatterns + firstcharptr place to put the first required character + firstcharflagsptr place to put the first character flags, or a negative number + reqcharptr place to put the last required character + reqcharflagsptr place to put the last required character flags, or a negative number + bcptr pointer to the chain of currently open branches + cd points to the data block with tables pointers etc. + lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase + points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase + +Returns: TRUE on success +*/ + +static BOOL +compile_regex(int options, pcre_uchar **codeptr, const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, + int *errorcodeptr, BOOL lookbehind, BOOL reset_bracount, int skipbytes, + int cond_depth, + pcre_uint32 *firstcharptr, pcre_int32 *firstcharflagsptr, + pcre_uint32 *reqcharptr, pcre_int32 *reqcharflagsptr, + branch_chain *bcptr, compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr) +{ +const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr; +pcre_uchar *code = *codeptr; +pcre_uchar *last_branch = code; +pcre_uchar *start_bracket = code; +pcre_uchar *reverse_count = NULL; +open_capitem capitem; +int capnumber = 0; +pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar; +pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags; +pcre_uint32 branchfirstchar, branchreqchar; +pcre_int32 branchfirstcharflags, branchreqcharflags; +int length; +unsigned int orig_bracount; +unsigned int max_bracount; +branch_chain bc; + +/* If set, call the external function that checks for stack availability. */ + +if (PUBL(stack_guard) != NULL && PUBL(stack_guard)()) + { + *errorcodeptr= ERR85; + return FALSE; + } + +/* Miscellaneous initialization */ + +bc.outer = bcptr; +bc.current_branch = code; + +firstchar = reqchar = 0; +firstcharflags = reqcharflags = REQ_UNSET; + +/* Accumulate the length for use in the pre-compile phase. Start with the +length of the BRA and KET and any extra bytes that are required at the +beginning. We accumulate in a local variable to save frequent testing of +lenthptr for NULL. We cannot do this by looking at the value of code at the +start and end of each alternative, because compiled items are discarded during +the pre-compile phase so that the work space is not exceeded. */ + +length = 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE + skipbytes; + +/* WARNING: If the above line is changed for any reason, you must also change +the code that abstracts option settings at the start of the pattern and makes +them global. It tests the value of length for (2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) in the +pre-compile phase to find out whether anything has yet been compiled or not. */ + +/* If this is a capturing subpattern, add to the chain of open capturing items +so that we can detect them if (*ACCEPT) is encountered. This is also used to +detect groups that contain recursive back references to themselves. Note that +only OP_CBRA need be tested here; changing this opcode to one of its variants, +e.g. OP_SCBRAPOS, happens later, after the group has been compiled. */ + +if (*code == OP_CBRA) + { + capnumber = GET2(code, 1 + LINK_SIZE); + capitem.number = capnumber; + capitem.next = cd->open_caps; + capitem.flag = FALSE; + cd->open_caps = &capitem; + } + +/* Offset is set zero to mark that this bracket is still open */ + +PUT(code, 1, 0); +code += 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes; + +/* Loop for each alternative branch */ + +orig_bracount = max_bracount = cd->bracount; +for (;;) + { + /* For a (?| group, reset the capturing bracket count so that each branch + uses the same numbers. */ + + if (reset_bracount) cd->bracount = orig_bracount; + + /* Set up dummy OP_REVERSE if lookbehind assertion */ + + if (lookbehind) + { + *code++ = OP_REVERSE; + reverse_count = code; + PUTINC(code, 0, 0); + length += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + } + + /* Now compile the branch; in the pre-compile phase its length gets added + into the length. */ + + if (!compile_branch(&options, &code, &ptr, errorcodeptr, &branchfirstchar, + &branchfirstcharflags, &branchreqchar, &branchreqcharflags, &bc, + cond_depth, cd, (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : &length)) + { + *ptrptr = ptr; + return FALSE; + } + + /* Keep the highest bracket count in case (?| was used and some branch + has fewer than the rest. */ + + if (cd->bracount > max_bracount) max_bracount = cd->bracount; + + /* In the real compile phase, there is some post-processing to be done. */ + + if (lengthptr == NULL) + { + /* If this is the first branch, the firstchar and reqchar values for the + branch become the values for the regex. */ + + if (*last_branch != OP_ALT) + { + firstchar = branchfirstchar; + firstcharflags = branchfirstcharflags; + reqchar = branchreqchar; + reqcharflags = branchreqcharflags; + } + + /* If this is not the first branch, the first char and reqchar have to + match the values from all the previous branches, except that if the + previous value for reqchar didn't have REQ_VARY set, it can still match, + and we set REQ_VARY for the regex. */ + + else + { + /* If we previously had a firstchar, but it doesn't match the new branch, + we have to abandon the firstchar for the regex, but if there was + previously no reqchar, it takes on the value of the old firstchar. */ + + if (firstcharflags >= 0 && + (firstcharflags != branchfirstcharflags || firstchar != branchfirstchar)) + { + if (reqcharflags < 0) + { + reqchar = firstchar; + reqcharflags = firstcharflags; + } + firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; + } + + /* If we (now or from before) have no firstchar, a firstchar from the + branch becomes a reqchar if there isn't a branch reqchar. */ + + if (firstcharflags < 0 && branchfirstcharflags >= 0 && branchreqcharflags < 0) + { + branchreqchar = branchfirstchar; + branchreqcharflags = branchfirstcharflags; + } + + /* Now ensure that the reqchars match */ + + if (((reqcharflags & ~REQ_VARY) != (branchreqcharflags & ~REQ_VARY)) || + reqchar != branchreqchar) + reqcharflags = REQ_NONE; + else + { + reqchar = branchreqchar; + reqcharflags |= branchreqcharflags; /* To "or" REQ_VARY */ + } + } + + /* If lookbehind, check that this branch matches a fixed-length string, and + put the length into the OP_REVERSE item. Temporarily mark the end of the + branch with OP_END. If the branch contains OP_RECURSE, the result is -3 + because there may be forward references that we can't check here. Set a + flag to cause another lookbehind check at the end. Why not do it all at the + end? Because common, erroneous checks are picked up here and the offset of + the problem can be shown. */ + + if (lookbehind) + { + int fixed_length; + *code = OP_END; + fixed_length = find_fixedlength(last_branch, (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, + FALSE, cd); + DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length)); + if (fixed_length == -3) + { + cd->check_lookbehind = TRUE; + } + else if (fixed_length < 0) + { + *errorcodeptr = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 : + (fixed_length == -4)? ERR70: ERR25; + *ptrptr = ptr; + return FALSE; + } + else + { + if (fixed_length > cd->max_lookbehind) + cd->max_lookbehind = fixed_length; + PUT(reverse_count, 0, fixed_length); + } + } + } + + /* Reached end of expression, either ')' or end of pattern. In the real + compile phase, go back through the alternative branches and reverse the chain + of offsets, with the field in the BRA item now becoming an offset to the + first alternative. If there are no alternatives, it points to the end of the + group. The length in the terminating ket is always the length of the whole + bracketed item. Return leaving the pointer at the terminating char. */ + + if (*ptr != CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE) + { + if (lengthptr == NULL) + { + int branch_length = (int)(code - last_branch); + do + { + int prev_length = GET(last_branch, 1); + PUT(last_branch, 1, branch_length); + branch_length = prev_length; + last_branch -= branch_length; + } + while (branch_length > 0); + } + + /* Fill in the ket */ + + *code = OP_KET; + PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket)); + code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + + /* If it was a capturing subpattern, check to see if it contained any + recursive back references. If so, we must wrap it in atomic brackets. + In any event, remove the block from the chain. */ + + if (capnumber > 0) + { + if (cd->open_caps->flag) + { + memmove(start_bracket + 1 + LINK_SIZE, start_bracket, + IN_UCHARS(code - start_bracket)); + *start_bracket = OP_ONCE; + code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + PUT(start_bracket, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket)); + *code = OP_KET; + PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket)); + code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE; + } + cd->open_caps = cd->open_caps->next; + } + + /* Retain the highest bracket number, in case resetting was used. */ + + cd->bracount = max_bracount; + + /* Set values to pass back */ + + *codeptr = code; + *ptrptr = ptr; + *firstcharptr = firstchar; + *firstcharflagsptr = firstcharflags; + *reqcharptr = reqchar; + *reqcharflagsptr = reqcharflags; + if (lengthptr != NULL) + { + if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length) + { + *errorcodeptr = ERR20; + return FALSE; + } + *lengthptr += length; + } + return TRUE; + } + + /* Another branch follows. In the pre-compile phase, we can move the code + pointer back to where it was for the start of the first branch. (That is, + pretend that each branch is the only one.) + + In the real compile phase, insert an ALT node. Its length field points back + to the previous branch while the bracket remains open. At the end the chain + is reversed. It's done like this so that the start of the bracket has a + zero offset until it is closed, making it possible to detect recursion. */ + + if (lengthptr != NULL) + { + code = *codeptr + 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes; + length += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + } + else + { + *code = OP_ALT; + PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - last_branch)); + bc.current_branch = last_branch = code; + code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + } + + ptr++; + } +/* Control never reaches here */ +} + + + + +/************************************************* +* Check for anchored expression * +*************************************************/ + +/* Try to find out if this is an anchored regular expression. Consider each +alternative branch. If they all start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC, or with a bracket +all of whose alternatives start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC (recurse ad lib), then +it's anchored. However, if this is a multiline pattern, then only OP_SOD will +be found, because ^ generates OP_CIRCM in that mode. + +We can also consider a regex to be anchored if OP_SOM starts all its branches. +This is the code for \G, which means "match at start of match position, taking +into account the match offset". + +A branch is also implicitly anchored if it starts with .* and DOTALL is set, +because that will try the rest of the pattern at all possible matching points, +so there is no point trying again.... er .... + +.... except when the .* appears inside capturing parentheses, and there is a +subsequent back reference to those parentheses. We haven't enough information +to catch that case precisely. + +At first, the best we could do was to detect when .* was in capturing brackets +and the highest back reference was greater than or equal to that level. +However, by keeping a bitmap of the first 31 back references, we can catch some +of the more common cases more precisely. + +... A second exception is when the .* appears inside an atomic group, because +this prevents the number of characters it matches from being adjusted. + +Arguments: + code points to start of expression (the bracket) + bracket_map a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this + handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take + the less precise approach + cd points to the compile data block + atomcount atomic group level + +Returns: TRUE or FALSE +*/ + +static BOOL +is_anchored(register const pcre_uchar *code, unsigned int bracket_map, + compile_data *cd, int atomcount) +{ +do { + const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code( + code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], FALSE); + register int op = *scode; + + /* Non-capturing brackets */ + + if (op == OP_BRA || op == OP_BRAPOS || + op == OP_SBRA || op == OP_SBRAPOS) + { + if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE; + } + + /* Capturing brackets */ + + else if (op == OP_CBRA || op == OP_CBRAPOS || + op == OP_SCBRA || op == OP_SCBRAPOS) + { + int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE); + int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1); + if (!is_anchored(scode, new_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE; + } + + /* Positive forward assertions and conditions */ + + else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_COND) + { + if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE; + } + + /* Atomic groups */ + + else if (op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_ONCE_NC) + { + if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount + 1)) + return FALSE; + } + + /* .* is not anchored unless DOTALL is set (which generates OP_ALLANY) and + it isn't in brackets that are or may be referenced or inside an atomic + group. */ + + else if ((op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || + op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR)) + { + if (scode[1] != OP_ALLANY || (bracket_map & cd->backref_map) != 0 || + atomcount > 0 || cd->had_pruneorskip) + return FALSE; + } + + /* Check for explicit anchoring */ + + else if (op != OP_SOD && op != OP_SOM && op != OP_CIRC) return FALSE; + + code += GET(code, 1); + } +while (*code == OP_ALT); /* Loop for each alternative */ +return TRUE; +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Check for starting with ^ or .* * +*************************************************/ + +/* This is called to find out if every branch starts with ^ or .* so that +"first char" processing can be done to speed things up in multiline +matching and for non-DOTALL patterns that start with .* (which must start at +the beginning or after \n). As in the case of is_anchored() (see above), we +have to take account of back references to capturing brackets that contain .* +because in that case we can't make the assumption. Also, the appearance of .* +inside atomic brackets or in a pattern that contains *PRUNE or *SKIP does not +count, because once again the assumption no longer holds. + +Arguments: + code points to start of expression (the bracket) + bracket_map a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this + handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take + the less precise approach + cd points to the compile data + atomcount atomic group level + +Returns: TRUE or FALSE +*/ + +static BOOL +is_startline(const pcre_uchar *code, unsigned int bracket_map, + compile_data *cd, int atomcount) +{ +do { + const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code( + code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], FALSE); + register int op = *scode; + + /* If we are at the start of a conditional assertion group, *both* the + conditional assertion *and* what follows the condition must satisfy the test + for start of line. Other kinds of condition fail. Note that there may be an + auto-callout at the start of a condition. */ + + if (op == OP_COND) + { + scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + if (*scode == OP_CALLOUT) scode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT]; + switch (*scode) + { + case OP_CREF: + case OP_DNCREF: + case OP_RREF: + case OP_DNRREF: + case OP_DEF: + return FALSE; + + default: /* Assertion */ + if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE; + do scode += GET(scode, 1); while (*scode == OP_ALT); + scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + break; + } + scode = first_significant_code(scode, FALSE); + op = *scode; + } + + /* Non-capturing brackets */ + + if (op == OP_BRA || op == OP_BRAPOS || + op == OP_SBRA || op == OP_SBRAPOS) + { + if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE; + } + + /* Capturing brackets */ + + else if (op == OP_CBRA || op == OP_CBRAPOS || + op == OP_SCBRA || op == OP_SCBRAPOS) + { + int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE); + int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1); + if (!is_startline(scode, new_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE; + } + + /* Positive forward assertions */ + + else if (op == OP_ASSERT) + { + if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE; + } + + /* Atomic brackets */ + + else if (op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_ONCE_NC) + { + if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount + 1)) return FALSE; + } + + /* .* means "start at start or after \n" if it isn't in atomic brackets or + brackets that may be referenced, as long as the pattern does not contain + *PRUNE or *SKIP, because these break the feature. Consider, for example, + /.*?a(*PRUNE)b/ with the subject "aab", which matches "ab", i.e. not at the + start of a line. */ + + else if (op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR) + { + if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & cd->backref_map) != 0 || + atomcount > 0 || cd->had_pruneorskip) + return FALSE; + } + + /* Check for explicit circumflex; anything else gives a FALSE result. Note + in particular that this includes atomic brackets OP_ONCE and OP_ONCE_NC + because the number of characters matched by .* cannot be adjusted inside + them. */ + + else if (op != OP_CIRC && op != OP_CIRCM) return FALSE; + + /* Move on to the next alternative */ + + code += GET(code, 1); + } +while (*code == OP_ALT); /* Loop for each alternative */ +return TRUE; +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Check for asserted fixed first char * +*************************************************/ + +/* During compilation, the "first char" settings from forward assertions are +discarded, because they can cause conflicts with actual literals that follow. +However, if we end up without a first char setting for an unanchored pattern, +it is worth scanning the regex to see if there is an initial asserted first +char. If all branches start with the same asserted char, or with a +non-conditional bracket all of whose alternatives start with the same asserted +char (recurse ad lib), then we return that char, with the flags set to zero or +REQ_CASELESS; otherwise return zero with REQ_NONE in the flags. + +Arguments: + code points to start of expression (the bracket) + flags points to the first char flags, or to REQ_NONE + inassert TRUE if in an assertion + +Returns: the fixed first char, or 0 with REQ_NONE in flags +*/ + +static pcre_uint32 +find_firstassertedchar(const pcre_uchar *code, pcre_int32 *flags, + BOOL inassert) +{ +register pcre_uint32 c = 0; +int cflags = REQ_NONE; + +*flags = REQ_NONE; +do { + pcre_uint32 d; + int dflags; + int xl = (*code == OP_CBRA || *code == OP_SCBRA || + *code == OP_CBRAPOS || *code == OP_SCBRAPOS)? IMM2_SIZE:0; + const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE + xl, + TRUE); + register pcre_uchar op = *scode; + + switch(op) + { + default: + return 0; + + case OP_BRA: + case OP_BRAPOS: + case OP_CBRA: + case OP_SCBRA: + case OP_CBRAPOS: + case OP_SCBRAPOS: + case OP_ASSERT: + case OP_ONCE: + case OP_ONCE_NC: + d = find_firstassertedchar(scode, &dflags, op == OP_ASSERT); + if (dflags < 0) + return 0; + if (cflags < 0) { c = d; cflags = dflags; } else if (c != d || cflags != dflags) return 0; + break; + + case OP_EXACT: + scode += IMM2_SIZE; + /* Fall through */ + + case OP_CHAR: + case OP_PLUS: + case OP_MINPLUS: + case OP_POSPLUS: + if (!inassert) return 0; + if (cflags < 0) { c = scode[1]; cflags = 0; } + else if (c != scode[1]) return 0; + break; + + case OP_EXACTI: + scode += IMM2_SIZE; + /* Fall through */ + + case OP_CHARI: + case OP_PLUSI: + case OP_MINPLUSI: + case OP_POSPLUSI: + if (!inassert) return 0; + if (cflags < 0) { c = scode[1]; cflags = REQ_CASELESS; } + else if (c != scode[1]) return 0; + break; + } + + code += GET(code, 1); + } +while (*code == OP_ALT); + +*flags = cflags; +return c; +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Add an entry to the name/number table * +*************************************************/ + +/* This function is called between compiling passes to add an entry to the +name/number table, maintaining alphabetical order. Checking for permitted +and forbidden duplicates has already been done. + +Arguments: + cd the compile data block + name the name to add + length the length of the name + groupno the group number + +Returns: nothing +*/ + +static void +add_name(compile_data *cd, const pcre_uchar *name, int length, + unsigned int groupno) +{ +int i; +pcre_uchar *slot = cd->name_table; + +for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) + { + int crc = memcmp(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, IN_UCHARS(length)); + if (crc == 0 && slot[IMM2_SIZE+length] != 0) + crc = -1; /* Current name is a substring */ + + /* Make space in the table and break the loop for an earlier name. For a + duplicate or later name, carry on. We do this for duplicates so that in the + simple case (when ?(| is not used) they are in order of their numbers. In all + cases they are in the order in which they appear in the pattern. */ + + if (crc < 0) + { + memmove(slot + cd->name_entry_size, slot, + IN_UCHARS((cd->names_found - i) * cd->name_entry_size)); + break; + } + + /* Continue the loop for a later or duplicate name */ + + slot += cd->name_entry_size; + } + +PUT2(slot, 0, groupno); +memcpy(slot + IMM2_SIZE, name, IN_UCHARS(length)); +slot[IMM2_SIZE + length] = 0; +cd->names_found++; +} + + + +/************************************************* +* Compile a Regular Expression * +*************************************************/ + +/* This function takes a string and returns a pointer to a block of store +holding a compiled version of the expression. The original API for this +function had no error code return variable; it is retained for backwards +compatibility. The new function is given a new name. + +Arguments: + pattern the regular expression + options various option bits + errorcodeptr pointer to error code variable (pcre_compile2() only) + can be NULL if you don't want a code value + errorptr pointer to pointer to error text + erroroffset ptr offset in pattern where error was detected + tables pointer to character tables or NULL + +Returns: pointer to compiled data block, or NULL on error, + with errorptr and erroroffset set +*/ + +#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 +PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION +pcre_compile(const char *pattern, int options, const char **errorptr, + int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 +PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre16 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION +pcre16_compile(PCRE_SPTR16 pattern, int options, const char **errorptr, + int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 +PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre32 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION +pcre32_compile(PCRE_SPTR32 pattern, int options, const char **errorptr, + int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) +#endif +{ +#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 +return pcre_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables); +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 +return pcre16_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables); +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 +return pcre32_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables); +#endif +} + + +#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 +PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION +pcre_compile2(const char *pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr, + const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 +PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre16 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION +pcre16_compile2(PCRE_SPTR16 pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr, + const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 +PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre32 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION +pcre32_compile2(PCRE_SPTR32 pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr, + const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) +#endif +{ +REAL_PCRE *re; +int length = 1; /* For final END opcode */ +pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags; +pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar; +pcre_uint32 limit_match = PCRE_UINT32_MAX; +pcre_uint32 limit_recursion = PCRE_UINT32_MAX; +int newline; +int errorcode = 0; +int skipatstart = 0; +BOOL utf; +BOOL never_utf = FALSE; +size_t size; +pcre_uchar *code; +const pcre_uchar *codestart; +const pcre_uchar *ptr; +compile_data compile_block; +compile_data *cd = &compile_block; + +/* This space is used for "compiling" into during the first phase, when we are +computing the amount of memory that is needed. Compiled items are thrown away +as soon as possible, so that a fairly large buffer should be sufficient for +this purpose. The same space is used in the second phase for remembering where +to fill in forward references to subpatterns. That may overflow, in which case +new memory is obtained from malloc(). */ + +pcre_uchar cworkspace[COMPILE_WORK_SIZE]; + +/* This vector is used for remembering name groups during the pre-compile. In a +similar way to cworkspace, it can be expanded using malloc() if necessary. */ + +named_group named_groups[NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE]; + +/* Set this early so that early errors get offset 0. */ + +ptr = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern; + +/* We can't pass back an error message if errorptr is NULL; I guess the best we +can do is just return NULL, but we can set a code value if there is a code +pointer. */ + +if (errorptr == NULL) + { + if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = 99; + return NULL; + } + +*errorptr = NULL; +if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR0; + +/* However, we can give a message for this error */ + +if (erroroffset == NULL) + { + errorcode = ERR16; + goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2; + } + +*erroroffset = 0; + +/* Set up pointers to the individual character tables */ + +if (tables == NULL) tables = PRIV(default_tables); +cd->lcc = tables + lcc_offset; +cd->fcc = tables + fcc_offset; +cd->cbits = tables + cbits_offset; +cd->ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset; + +/* Check that all undefined public option bits are zero */ + +if ((options & ~PUBLIC_COMPILE_OPTIONS) != 0) + { + errorcode = ERR17; + goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; + } + +/* If PCRE_NEVER_UTF is set, remember it. */ + +if ((options & PCRE_NEVER_UTF) != 0) never_utf = TRUE; + +/* Check for global one-time settings at the start of the pattern, and remember +the offset for later. */ + +cd->external_flags = 0; /* Initialize here for LIMIT_MATCH/RECURSION */ + +while (ptr[skipatstart] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS && + ptr[skipatstart+1] == CHAR_ASTERISK) + { + int newnl = 0; + int newbsr = 0; + +/* For completeness and backward compatibility, (*UTFn) is supported in the +relevant libraries, but (*UTF) is generic and always supported. Note that +PCRE_UTF8 == PCRE_UTF16 == PCRE_UTF32. */ + +#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 + if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF8_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0) + { skipatstart += 7; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; } +#endif +#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE16 + if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF16_RIGHTPAR, 6) == 0) + { skipatstart += 8; options |= PCRE_UTF16; continue; } +#endif +#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 + if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF32_RIGHTPAR, 6) == 0) + { skipatstart += 8; options |= PCRE_UTF32; continue; } +#endif + + else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0) + { skipatstart += 6; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; } + else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UCP_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0) + { skipatstart += 6; options |= PCRE_UCP; continue; } + else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_NO_AUTO_POSSESS_RIGHTPAR, 16) == 0) + { skipatstart += 18; options |= PCRE_NO_AUTO_POSSESS; continue; } + else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_NO_START_OPT_RIGHTPAR, 13) == 0) + { skipatstart += 15; options |= PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE; continue; } + + else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_LIMIT_MATCH_EQ, 12) == 0) + { + pcre_uint32 c = 0; + int p = skipatstart + 14; + while (isdigit(ptr[p])) + { + if (c > PCRE_UINT32_MAX / 10 - 1) break; /* Integer overflow */ + c = c*10 + ptr[p++] - CHAR_0; + } + if (ptr[p++] != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) break; + if (c < limit_match) + { + limit_match = c; + cd->external_flags |= PCRE_MLSET; + } + skipatstart = p; + continue; + } + + else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_LIMIT_RECURSION_EQ, 16) == 0) + { + pcre_uint32 c = 0; + int p = skipatstart + 18; + while (isdigit(ptr[p])) + { + if (c > PCRE_UINT32_MAX / 10 - 1) break; /* Integer overflow check */ + c = c*10 + ptr[p++] - CHAR_0; + } + if (ptr[p++] != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) break; + if (c < limit_recursion) + { + limit_recursion = c; + cd->external_flags |= PCRE_RLSET; + } + skipatstart = p; + continue; + } + + if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_CR_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0) + { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR; } + else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_LF_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0) + { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; } + else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_CRLF_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0) + { skipatstart += 7; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR + PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; } + else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_ANY_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0) + { skipatstart += 6; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY; } + else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 8) == 0) + { skipatstart += 10; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF; } + + else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_BSR_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0) + { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF; } + else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_BSR_UNICODE_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0) + { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_UNICODE; } + + if (newnl != 0) + options = (options & ~PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) | newnl; + else if (newbsr != 0) + options = (options & ~(PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) | newbsr; + else break; + } + +/* PCRE_UTF(16|32) have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ +utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; +if (utf && never_utf) + { + errorcode = ERR78; + goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2; + } + +/* Can't support UTF unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. The +return of an error code from PRIV(valid_utf)() is a new feature, introduced in +release 8.13. It is passed back from pcre_[dfa_]exec(), but at the moment is +not used here. */ + +#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF +if (utf && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0 && + (errorcode = PRIV(valid_utf)((PCRE_PUCHAR)pattern, -1, erroroffset)) != 0) + { +#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + errorcode = ERR44; +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 + errorcode = ERR74; +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 + errorcode = ERR77; +#endif + goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2; + } +#else +if (utf) + { + errorcode = ERR32; + goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; + } +#endif + +/* Can't support UCP unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. */ + +#ifndef SUPPORT_UCP +if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0) + { + errorcode = ERR67; + goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; + } +#endif + +/* Check validity of \R options. */ + +if ((options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) == + (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) + { + errorcode = ERR56; + goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; + } + +/* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give seven cases. The +current code allows for fixed one- or two-byte sequences, plus "any" and +"anycrlf". */ + +switch (options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) + { + case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break; /* Build-time default */ + case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = CHAR_CR; break; + case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = CHAR_NL; break; + case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+ + PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; break; + case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break; + case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break; + default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; + } + +if (newline == -2) + { + cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF; + } +else if (newline < 0) + { + cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY; + } +else + { + cd->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED; + if (newline > 255) + { + cd->nllen = 2; + cd->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255; + cd->nl[1] = newline & 255; + } + else + { + cd->nllen = 1; + cd->nl[0] = newline; + } + } + +/* Maximum back reference and backref bitmap. The bitmap records up to 31 back +references to help in deciding whether (.*) can be treated as anchored or not. +*/ + +cd->top_backref = 0; +cd->backref_map = 0; + +/* Reflect pattern for debugging output */ + +DPRINTF(("------------------------------------------------------------------\n")); +#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG +print_puchar(stdout, (PCRE_PUCHAR)pattern); +#endif +DPRINTF(("\n")); + +/* Pretend to compile the pattern while actually just accumulating the length +of memory required. This behaviour is triggered by passing a non-NULL final +argument to compile_regex(). We pass a block of workspace (cworkspace) for it +to compile parts of the pattern into; the compiled code is discarded when it is +no longer needed, so hopefully this workspace will never overflow, though there +is a test for its doing so. */ + +cd->bracount = cd->final_bracount = 0; +cd->names_found = 0; +cd->name_entry_size = 0; +cd->name_table = NULL; +cd->dupnames = FALSE; +cd->namedrefcount = 0; +cd->start_code = cworkspace; +cd->hwm = cworkspace; +cd->start_workspace = cworkspace; +cd->workspace_size = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE; +cd->named_groups = named_groups; +cd->named_group_list_size = NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE; +cd->start_pattern = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern; +cd->end_pattern = (const pcre_uchar *)(pattern + STRLEN_UC((const pcre_uchar *)pattern)); +cd->req_varyopt = 0; +cd->parens_depth = 0; +cd->assert_depth = 0; +cd->max_lookbehind = 0; +cd->external_options = options; +cd->open_caps = NULL; + +/* Now do the pre-compile. On error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we +don't need to look at the result of the function here. The initial options have +been put into the cd block so that they can be changed if an option setting is +found within the regex right at the beginning. Bringing initial option settings +outside can help speed up starting point checks. */ + +ptr += skipatstart; +code = cworkspace; +*code = OP_BRA; + +(void)compile_regex(cd->external_options, &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE, + FALSE, 0, 0, &firstchar, &firstcharflags, &reqchar, &reqcharflags, NULL, + cd, &length); +if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; + +DPRINTF(("end pre-compile: length=%d workspace=%d\n", length, + (int)(cd->hwm - cworkspace))); + +if (length > MAX_PATTERN_SIZE) + { + errorcode = ERR20; + goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; + } + +/* If there are groups with duplicate names and there are also references by +name, we must allow for the possibility of named references to duplicated +groups. These require an extra data item each. */ + +if (cd->dupnames && cd->namedrefcount > 0) + length += cd->namedrefcount * IMM2_SIZE * sizeof(pcre_uchar); + +/* Compute the size of the data block for storing the compiled pattern. Integer +overflow should no longer be possible because nowadays we limit the maximum +value of cd->names_found and cd->name_entry_size. */ + +size = sizeof(REAL_PCRE) + + (length + cd->names_found * cd->name_entry_size) * sizeof(pcre_uchar); + +/* Get the memory. */ + +re = (REAL_PCRE *)(PUBL(malloc))(size); +if (re == NULL) + { + errorcode = ERR21; + goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; + } + +/* Put in the magic number, and save the sizes, initial options, internal +flags, and character table pointer. NULL is used for the default character +tables. The nullpad field is at the end; it's there to help in the case when a +regex compiled on a system with 4-byte pointers is run on another with 8-byte +pointers. */ + +re->magic_number = MAGIC_NUMBER; +re->size = (int)size; +re->options = cd->external_options; +re->flags = cd->external_flags; +re->limit_match = limit_match; +re->limit_recursion = limit_recursion; +re->first_char = 0; +re->req_char = 0; +re->name_table_offset = sizeof(REAL_PCRE) / sizeof(pcre_uchar); +re->name_entry_size = cd->name_entry_size; +re->name_count = cd->names_found; +re->ref_count = 0; +re->tables = (tables == PRIV(default_tables))? NULL : tables; +re->nullpad = NULL; +#ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 +re->dummy = 0; +#else +re->dummy1 = re->dummy2 = re->dummy3 = 0; +#endif + +/* The starting points of the name/number translation table and of the code are +passed around in the compile data block. The start/end pattern and initial +options are already set from the pre-compile phase, as is the name_entry_size +field. Reset the bracket count and the names_found field. Also reset the hwm +field; this time it's used for remembering forward references to subpatterns. +*/ + +cd->final_bracount = cd->bracount; /* Save for checking forward references */ +cd->parens_depth = 0; +cd->assert_depth = 0; +cd->bracount = 0; +cd->max_lookbehind = 0; +cd->name_table = (pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset; +codestart = cd->name_table + re->name_entry_size * re->name_count; +cd->start_code = codestart; +cd->hwm = (pcre_uchar *)(cd->start_workspace); +cd->req_varyopt = 0; +cd->had_accept = FALSE; +cd->had_pruneorskip = FALSE; +cd->check_lookbehind = FALSE; +cd->open_caps = NULL; + +/* If any named groups were found, create the name/number table from the list +created in the first pass. */ + +if (cd->names_found > 0) + { + int i = cd->names_found; + named_group *ng = cd->named_groups; + cd->names_found = 0; + for (; i > 0; i--, ng++) + add_name(cd, ng->name, ng->length, ng->number); + if (cd->named_group_list_size > NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE) + (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->named_groups); + } + +/* Set up a starting, non-extracting bracket, then compile the expression. On +error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the result +of the function here. */ + +ptr = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern + skipatstart; +code = (pcre_uchar *)codestart; +*code = OP_BRA; +(void)compile_regex(re->options, &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 0, + &firstchar, &firstcharflags, &reqchar, &reqcharflags, NULL, cd, NULL); +re->top_bracket = cd->bracount; +re->top_backref = cd->top_backref; +re->max_lookbehind = cd->max_lookbehind; +re->flags = cd->external_flags | PCRE_MODE; + +if (cd->had_accept) + { + reqchar = 0; /* Must disable after (*ACCEPT) */ + reqcharflags = REQ_NONE; + } + +/* If not reached end of pattern on success, there's an excess bracket. */ + +if (errorcode == 0 && *ptr != CHAR_NULL) errorcode = ERR22; + +/* Fill in the terminating state and check for disastrous overflow, but +if debugging, leave the test till after things are printed out. */ + +*code++ = OP_END; + +#ifndef PCRE_DEBUG +if (code - codestart > length) errorcode = ERR23; +#endif + +#ifdef SUPPORT_VALGRIND +/* If the estimated length exceeds the really used length, mark the extra +allocated memory as unaddressable, so that any out-of-bound reads can be +detected. */ +VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS(code, (length - (code - codestart)) * sizeof(pcre_uchar)); +#endif + +/* Fill in any forward references that are required. There may be repeated +references; optimize for them, as searching a large regex takes time. */ + +if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace) + { + int prev_recno = -1; + const pcre_uchar *groupptr = NULL; + while (errorcode == 0 && cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace) + { + int offset, recno; + cd->hwm -= LINK_SIZE; + offset = GET(cd->hwm, 0); + recno = GET(codestart, offset); + if (recno != prev_recno) + { + groupptr = PRIV(find_bracket)(codestart, utf, recno); + prev_recno = recno; + } + if (groupptr == NULL) errorcode = ERR53; + else PUT(((pcre_uchar *)codestart), offset, (int)(groupptr - codestart)); + } + } + +/* If the workspace had to be expanded, free the new memory. Set the pointer to +NULL to indicate that forward references have been filled in. */ + +if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) + (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->start_workspace); +cd->start_workspace = NULL; + +/* Give an error if there's back reference to a non-existent capturing +subpattern. */ + +if (errorcode == 0 && re->top_backref > re->top_bracket) errorcode = ERR15; + +/* Unless disabled, check whether single character iterators can be +auto-possessified. The function overwrites the appropriate opcode values. */ + +if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_POSSESS) == 0) + auto_possessify((pcre_uchar *)codestart, utf, cd); + +/* If there were any lookbehind assertions that contained OP_RECURSE +(recursions or subroutine calls), a flag is set for them to be checked here, +because they may contain forward references. Actual recursions cannot be fixed +length, but subroutine calls can. It is done like this so that those without +OP_RECURSE that are not fixed length get a diagnosic with a useful offset. The +exceptional ones forgo this. We scan the pattern to check that they are fixed +length, and set their lengths. */ + +if (cd->check_lookbehind) + { + pcre_uchar *cc = (pcre_uchar *)codestart; + + /* Loop, searching for OP_REVERSE items, and process those that do not have + their length set. (Actually, it will also re-process any that have a length + of zero, but that is a pathological case, and it does no harm.) When we find + one, we temporarily terminate the branch it is in while we scan it. */ + + for (cc = (pcre_uchar *)PRIV(find_bracket)(codestart, utf, -1); + cc != NULL; + cc = (pcre_uchar *)PRIV(find_bracket)(cc, utf, -1)) + { + if (GET(cc, 1) == 0) + { + int fixed_length; + pcre_uchar *be = cc - 1 - LINK_SIZE + GET(cc, -LINK_SIZE); + int end_op = *be; + *be = OP_END; + fixed_length = find_fixedlength(cc, (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, TRUE, + cd); + *be = end_op; + DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length)); + if (fixed_length < 0) + { + errorcode = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 : + (fixed_length == -4)? ERR70 : ERR25; + break; + } + if (fixed_length > cd->max_lookbehind) cd->max_lookbehind = fixed_length; + PUT(cc, 1, fixed_length); + } + cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; + } + } + +/* Failed to compile, or error while post-processing */ + +if (errorcode != 0) + { + (PUBL(free))(re); + PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN: + *erroroffset = (int)(ptr - (const pcre_uchar *)pattern); + PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2: + *errorptr = find_error_text(errorcode); + if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = errorcode; + return NULL; + } + +/* If the anchored option was not passed, set the flag if we can determine that +the pattern is anchored by virtue of ^ characters or \A or anything else, such +as starting with non-atomic .* when DOTALL is set and there are no occurrences +of *PRUNE or *SKIP. + +Otherwise, if we know what the first byte has to be, save it, because that +speeds up unanchored matches no end. If not, see if we can set the +PCRE_STARTLINE flag. This is helpful for multiline matches when all branches +start with ^. and also when all branches start with non-atomic .* for +non-DOTALL matches when *PRUNE and SKIP are not present. */ + +if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0) + { + if (is_anchored(codestart, 0, cd, 0)) re->options |= PCRE_ANCHORED; + else + { + if (firstcharflags < 0) + firstchar = find_firstassertedchar(codestart, &firstcharflags, FALSE); + if (firstcharflags >= 0) /* Remove caseless flag for non-caseable chars */ + { +#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + re->first_char = firstchar & 0xff; +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 + re->first_char = firstchar & 0xffff; +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 + re->first_char = firstchar; +#endif + if ((firstcharflags & REQ_CASELESS) != 0) + { +#if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) + /* We ignore non-ASCII first chars in 8 bit mode. */ + if (utf) + { + if (re->first_char < 128) + { + if (cd->fcc[re->first_char] != re->first_char) + re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS; + } + else if (UCD_OTHERCASE(re->first_char) != re->first_char) + re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS; + } + else +#endif + if (MAX_255(re->first_char) + && cd->fcc[re->first_char] != re->first_char) + re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS; + } + + re->flags |= PCRE_FIRSTSET; + } + + else if (is_startline(codestart, 0, cd, 0)) re->flags |= PCRE_STARTLINE; + } + } + +/* For an anchored pattern, we use the "required byte" only if it follows a +variable length item in the regex. Remove the caseless flag for non-caseable +bytes. */ + +if (reqcharflags >= 0 && + ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 || (reqcharflags & REQ_VARY) != 0)) + { +#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 + re->req_char = reqchar & 0xff; +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 + re->req_char = reqchar & 0xffff; +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 + re->req_char = reqchar; +#endif + if ((reqcharflags & REQ_CASELESS) != 0) + { +#if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) + /* We ignore non-ASCII first chars in 8 bit mode. */ + if (utf) + { + if (re->req_char < 128) + { + if (cd->fcc[re->req_char] != re->req_char) + re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS; + } + else if (UCD_OTHERCASE(re->req_char) != re->req_char) + re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS; + } + else +#endif + if (MAX_255(re->req_char) && cd->fcc[re->req_char] != re->req_char) + re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS; + } + + re->flags |= PCRE_REQCHSET; + } + +/* Print out the compiled data if debugging is enabled. This is never the +case when building a production library. */ + +#ifdef PCRE_DEBUG +printf("Length = %d top_bracket = %d top_backref = %d\n", + length, re->top_bracket, re->top_backref); + +printf("Options=%08x\n", re->options); + +if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0) + { + pcre_uchar ch = re->first_char; + const char *caseless = + ((re->flags & PCRE_FCH_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)"; + if (PRINTABLE(ch)) printf("First char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless); + else printf("First char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless); + } + +if ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0) + { + pcre_uchar ch = re->req_char; + const char *caseless = + ((re->flags & PCRE_RCH_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)"; + if (PRINTABLE(ch)) printf("Req char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless); + else printf("Req char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless); + } + +#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 +pcre_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE); +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 +pcre16_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE); +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 +pcre32_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE); +#endif + +/* This check is done here in the debugging case so that the code that +was compiled can be seen. */ + +if (code - codestart > length) + { + (PUBL(free))(re); + *errorptr = find_error_text(ERR23); + *erroroffset = ptr - (pcre_uchar *)pattern; + if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR23; + return NULL; + } +#endif /* PCRE_DEBUG */ + +/* Check for a pattern than can match an empty string, so that this information +can be provided to applications. */ + +do + { + if (could_be_empty_branch(codestart, code, utf, cd, NULL)) + { + re->flags |= PCRE_MATCH_EMPTY; + break; + } + codestart += GET(codestart, 1); + } +while (*codestart == OP_ALT); + +#if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 +return (pcre *)re; +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 +return (pcre16 *)re; +#elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 +return (pcre32 *)re; +#endif +} + +/* End of pcre_compile.c */ + |